BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B8: Thursday, May 06, 2004

Thursday, May 06, 2004
BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:
Release B8
Edition : 13 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA

BSC parameters
Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for level averages for handover. Cell Type Yes
Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
Rec reference None Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Def value 8 Coded Def 8
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO External comment --
Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell Def value 2 Coded Def 2
Recommended rules -- External comment --
Edition : 13 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA Page 2
Logical name A_LEV_PC HMI name A_LEV_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for level averages for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Internal comment -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC External comment --
Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Logical name A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget Cell Type Yes
calculation. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO External comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12
in rural area
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max value 61 Coded Max 61
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max value 61 Coded Max 61
Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for quality averages for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC External comment --
Logical name A_QUAL_PC HMI name A_QUAL_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for quality averages for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC External comment --
Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for distance averages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Window size for load averages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number Def value 12 Coded Def 12
Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain

Instance cell
domain
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Ordering P1 Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access Min value 10 Coded Min 5
class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2,
14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority Min value 10 Coded Min 5
10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13
(access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is
coded as 4.
Instance BSC
domain
coded as 4.
Instance BSC
domain
coded as 4.
Instance BSC
domain
coded as 4.
Instance BSC
domain
coded as 4.
Logical name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
parameters.
Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error Cell Type No
counter is reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application GSM Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535
Logical name ADDR_TR HMI name ADDR_TR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation Def value 60 Coded Def 60
Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when BS_ Cell Type No
AG_BLKS_RES = 1. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is Max value 1 Coded Max 1
not used by BTS )
if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed)
if BS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden).
Internal comment If BCCH_EXT = 0 (false), then BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 is possible, the flag should not be used. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing Cell Type No
timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1010
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 10
Logical name AMR_FR_HYST HMI name AMR_FR_HYST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset
following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).
AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the Min value 0 Coded Min 0
subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1:
6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is
part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to Max value 240 Coded Max 240
1).
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s,
7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest Cell Type No
codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
Internal comment -- Def value 6.5 Coded Def 13
following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if
AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.
Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third Cell Type No
lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).
AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Logical name AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit Min value 0 Coded Min 0
5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s
is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75
kbit/s is part of the subset;
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to Max value 60 Coded Max 60
1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not
supported by Alcatel BSS.
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset
(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if
AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.
Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third Cell Type No
lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is Cell Type No
started by the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second Min value 0 Coded Min 0
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode
(used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is Cell Type No
started by the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second Min value 0 Coded Min 0
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode
(used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not Max value 4 Coded Max 4
correspond to 7.40 kbit/s.
Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be External comment --
avoided.
Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name AUT_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name B_NUM HMI name B_NUM B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.
Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here
is for implementation purposes.
Logical name BCCH_EXT HMI name BCCH_EXT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: false, 1:true Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one Max value 1 Coded Max 1
when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is Def value 0 Coded Def 0
recommended to activate the extended BCCH
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration
ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is External comment --
HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several
frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the
Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0 = dummy value at initialisation Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = «EGSM» or «EGSM-DCS1800», the BCCH ARFCN Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023
belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells
external to the OMC.
Internal comment The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules -- External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to
Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX External comment --
Logical name BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX External comment --
Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX External comment --
Logical name BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX External comment --
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 7
when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Internal comment At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = «CBH» or «SDH» in the Def value 4 Coded Def 4
TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Recommended rules -- External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Cell Type No
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed. Instance cell
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of
trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for
non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink releases and reestablishments.
retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite
links:
- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
terrestrial links in the serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Logical name BS_P_CON_ACK HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max value 9 Coded Max 7
Recommended rules -- External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power
consumption is.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the Cell Type No
BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
Rec reference 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 0 Coded Max 0
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules -- External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to
the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware
limitation).
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the Cell Type Yes
TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 0 Coded Max 0
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
limitation).
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX Max value 0 Coded Max 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Internal comment -- Def value -24 Coded Def 12
Logical name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1] B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Recommended rules -- External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only
for implementation purposes.
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Abstract Unit None
Coding rules -- Min value # Coded Min
Mandatory rules -- Max value # Coded Max
Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC) Def value # Coded Def
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for Min value 1 Coded Min 1
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Max value 2 Coded Max 2
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields Def value 1 Coded Def 1
are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application GSM Category Not Used (NU)
domain
Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access None (DLS) Type List of numbers Unit None
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Instance BSC
domain
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Instance BSC
domain
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Instance BSC
domain
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Instance BSC
domain
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry;
2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in
MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST).
Logical name BTS_CIPH_CAP HMI name ciphering capabilities B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not
supported. bit x =1: encryption supported
Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the Def value 1 Coded Def 1
OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued Cell Type No
simultaneously. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name Call_user_data_sel HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Internal comment
OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
The default string is an empty string.
The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.
Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].
Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a «general Cell Type No
capture» handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and Cell Type No
outgoing primitives. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to
3.
Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name CBC_X25_secondary_address HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Configuration of the CCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max value 1 Coded Max 1
2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = «1: CCCH combined»
ii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if
TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = «0: CCCH not combined»
iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if
Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment This parameter is changeable via «bar-cell» and «debar-cell» operator commands. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE HMI name Cell Dimension B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Internal comment
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is not Def value 0 Coded Def 0
displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed Def value 0 Coded Def 0
as such to the O&M user.
Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) External comment --
Upper layer cells + Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower
layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer
Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is concentric. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or
"PGSM-DCS1800".
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_RANGE HMI name Cell Range B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0
A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Internal comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for Cell Type No
a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Max value 126 Coded Max 63
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 Def value 1 Coded Def 1
up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced by sentences in subsequent versions)
Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided External comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for
that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter implementation purposes.
shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G
handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is
recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any
additional Telecom outage.
Logical name CI (BSC) HMI name cell Identity (CI) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Cell Identity. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535
Equal to CI (MFS)
Logical name CIC HMI name Circuit Identity Code B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Cell Type No
Instance A ch
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Displayed Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is Cell Type No
decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Logical name COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
incremented upon TCU overload level 1. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 External comment --
Logical name COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
incremented upon TCU overload level 2. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 External comment --
Logical name CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is Cell Type No
reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name CRC_TR HMI name CRC_TR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause «Power budget» when traffic is high in the serving cell Cell Type Yes
and low in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Logical name DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause «Power budget» when traffic is low in the serving cell Cell Type Yes
and high in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE HMI name Downlink DTX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 External comment --
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 External comment --
Logical name DPC HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC Def value 12 Coded Def 12
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, Min value 0 Coded Min 0
…, 111
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 3
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded Min 0
uplink DTX
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) Max value 2 Coded Max 2
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the «DTX» field in «cell Options (BCCH)» IE in SYSTEM Def value 2 Coded Def 2
INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in «cell Options (SACCH)» IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in
some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Recommended rules -- External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded Min 0
for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the «DTX» field in «cell Options» IE in SYSTEM Def value 2 Coded Def 2
INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH parameter is not
Recommended rules -- External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules).
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded Min 0
for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7=
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the «DTX» field in «cell Options» IE in SYSTEM Def value 2 Coded Def 2
INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR parameter is not
Recommended rules -- External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
(see coding rules).
Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is Cell Type No
no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall
not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN
(excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if the
Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message
describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no
additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH
Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message
has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Logical name DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
Logical name EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to Cell Type No
15. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EC_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name ECSC HMI name ECSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Cell Type No
Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1. Def value 13 Coded Def 13
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER Cell Type No
REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Cell Type No
Directed Retry attempt. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Cell Type No
Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(B HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECT B7.2 Yes B8
Yes TRX nb No
SC) ION Cell Type No
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation
mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
Rec reference None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules 0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state,
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) Max value 2 Coded Max 2
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to «NC2 mode of
HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several operation for R99 onwards MS» or «NC2 mode of operation for all
frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the MS», the 3G search is systematically deactivated when
activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order
[NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed
independently of the value of the
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall
Logical name EN_AMR_CA HMI name EN_AMR_CA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and 27). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_BALANCED_CI HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. Cell Type No
Sub-syste BSC RMS template Yes
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can
be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter
RMS_template).
Logical name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «too high level in outer zone» handover cause (cause Cell Type Yes
13). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type Def value 1 Coded Def 1
and BTS Type
Logical name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_Bi-BAND_MS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_BS_PC HMI name EN_BS_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_DATA_144 HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «distance» handover cause (cause 6). Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_DR HMI name Directed_Retry B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION HMI name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec reference None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1 enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
In B8, this parameter is useless for the BSC SW, i.e., the feature "enhanced GPRS traffic Def value 1 Coded Def 1
adaptation to cell load variation" is always activated in B8.
Logical name EN_EGPRS HMI name EN_EGPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Internal comment
1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, Def value 0 Coded Def 0
that can be used on each TRX of the cell is determined as a function of the HW TRE capability
and the associated transmission pool.
2) This parameter can be set to «enable» only if the EGPRS feature has been bought by the
Customer.
Recommended rules If EN_EGPRS is set to ‘enable’, Alcatel recommend to set the External comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, the
parameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to ‘0’. highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the type of its
associated transmission pool.
Logical name EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is External comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know
set to enable. whether or not the external target cells (towards which the
directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel
recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in
order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case
all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other
Logical name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Cell Type No
Allocation. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the «Forced Directed Retry» handover cause detection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a «dual rate, half-rate preferred», to Cell Type No
allocate a full rate channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «general capture» handover cause (cause 24). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_GPRS HMI name Enable GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Mandatory rules EN_GPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Internal comment The EN_GPRS parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EN_IC_HO HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM Cell Type No
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «intracell downlink» handover cause (cause 16) for non Cell Type No
AMR calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «intracell downlink» handover cause (cause 16) for Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when External comment --
frequency hopping is applied
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «intracell uplink» handover cause (cause 15) for non Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «intracell uplink» handover cause (cause 15) for AMR Cell Type No
calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when External comment --
frequency hopping is applied
Logical name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_LCS (BSC) HMI name EN_LCS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec reference None Application LCS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name EN_LNK_M HMI name EN_LNK_M B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both External comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
"Enabled". is enabled
Logical name EN_LOAD_EGSM HMI name EN_LOAD_EGSM B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for load evaluation. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to External comment This parameter is only significant if there is at least one G1 TRX
FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in in the cell.
the load computation.
Logical name EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list Cell Type No
of target cells. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell Cell Type No
instead of the load computation on the whole cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to External comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in
the load computation.
EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both
"Enabled".
Logical name EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «level downlink micro-cell» handover cause (cause 18). Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and Def value 0 Coded Def 0
BTS Type
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «level uplink mirco-cell » handover cause (cause 17). Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
BTS Type
Logical name EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «high level in neighbour micro-cell» handover cause Cell Type Yes
(cause 14). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and Def value 0 Coded Def 0
BTS Type
Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor External comment --
layer.
Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «consecutive bad SACCH frames» handover cause Cell Type Yes
(cause 7). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
BTS Type
Logical name EN_MS_PC HMI name EN_MS_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cell Type No
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL Cell Type Yes
criterion. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «power budget» handover cause (cause 12). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_PCR HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. flag Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a
BSS are configured as satellite links.
Logical name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the Cell Type No
preferred band). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell Cell Type No
evaluation process. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS Def value 1 Coded Def 1
going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name EN_RL_RECOV HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «level downlink» handover cause (cause 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «level uplink» handover cause (cause 3). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «quality downlink» handover cause (cause 4). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «quality uplink» handover cause (cause 2). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables sending of «Classmark 3» IE to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC
supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the
MS classmark 3 IE then the parameter shall be set to «1»,
otherwise the parameter shall be set to «0».
Logical name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls «Current channel» OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls «Speech version (used)» OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_SPEED_DISC HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Internal channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to «Extended inner» Max value 1 Coded Max 1
or «Extended outer».
Internal comment CELL_TYPE = «extended inner» at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = «inner cell» in the Def value 0 Coded Def 0
BSC. CELL_TYPE = «extended outer» at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = «outer cell»
in the BSC.
Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a call with the pvi Cell Type No
(pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a call that has the pci Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
(pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is External comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency
set to enable. handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell,
the BSC will first try to use one of these TCHs before actually
releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set.
In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled
and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an
incoming request with pre-emption capability indicator set during
at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at
most T_qho seconds for an handover request.
Logical name EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0 Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1
May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0
Logical name EN_TFO_OPT HMI name EN_TFO_OPT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of «traffic» handover cause (cause 23). Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit MHz
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of «-1» indicates that no UTRAN Min value 0 Coded Min 0
frequency is provided.
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) Max value 3276.6 Coded Max 16383
Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following Def value -1 Coded Def -1
values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of «-1» indicates that no UTRAN frequency is
provided.
When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to
the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of «-1» indicates that
no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided.
Recommended rules -- External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute
Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are
broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH
allocated in the serving cell.
Logical name FDD_Qmin(BSC) HMI name FDD_Qmin B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB Min value -20 Coded Min 0
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8dB
4 = -16dB
5 = -10dB
6 = -14dB
7 = -12dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Max value -6 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is
a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for Cell Type No
UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded Min 0
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Max value 28 Coded Max 15
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text Def value -32 Coded Def 0
«always select a 3G cell if possible»
Logical name Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA Min value 0 Coded Min 0
update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111):
Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be.
Logical name FORBID_AMR_NS HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec reference GSM 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Logical name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is Min value 0 Coded Min 0
forbidden
Logical name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should External comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is
be set to 1 established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.
If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established
with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try
to establish TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that
EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
Logical name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR Cell Type No
SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR Min value 0 Coded Min 0
used)
Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules -- External comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR
(EN_AMR_HR = 1)
Logical name Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free Cell Type No
TCHs in the candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Max value 16 Coded Max 32
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Max value 16 Coded Max 32
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Max value 16 Coded Max 32
Logical name Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Logical name Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number Def value 4 Coded Def 4
Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO External comment --
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as
a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory rules if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to Max value 6 Coded Max 6
"Concentric" .
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = «EGSM» or «EGSM-DCS1800», the BCCH ARFCN
The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the
corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as
belonging to the same frequency range.
Internal comment Values «4» and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA Def value 0 Coded Def 0
TCHs.
Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of
a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values:
- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is
set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",
- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the
Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is
Logical name H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Max value 100 Coded Max 10
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX Def value 80 Coded Def 8
Logical name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max value 120 Coded Max 120
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. Def value 20 Coded Def 20
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see
TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for
implementation purposes.
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic Cell Type No
between two sending of the BSCGP Load Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be
computed as follows:
(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS
where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the
Logical name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence
on Directed Retry
Logical name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTRACELL_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.
The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO,
EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT,
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently of the flag
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons
(cause 29) can therefore be performed even if
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
Logical name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
domain
Logical name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
domain
Logical name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
domain
Logical name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT HMI name SDCCH_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Logical name HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget Cell Type Yes
HO. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name HR_ENABLED HMI name HR_ENABLED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name I_TX_LAPD HMI name I_TX_LAPD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities Cell Type No
(call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
on this flag.
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking Min value 0 Coded Min 0
messages towards MSC) are triggered;
1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking
messages towards MSC) are not triggered;
Logical name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= External comment --
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Logical name INTAVE HMI name INTAVE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Samfr
Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Max value 31 Coded Max 31
Logical name INTFBD1 HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message Def value -100 Coded Def 10
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Logical name INTFBD5 HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of interference band 5. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit dBm
Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name K_GSL (BSC) HMI name K_GSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links
in all cells of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links
in at least one cell of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded. Def value 3 Coded Def 3
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference 3GPP TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Internal comment
This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 kbit/s Def value 15 Coded Def 15
channel on a satellite connection.
With 540 ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput
is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 15 (default).
Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, External comment --
hence 15 is chosen as default value. There is a small loss of
throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s Def value 7 Coded Def 7
channel on a terrestrial connection.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 kbit/s Def value 15 Coded Def 15
channel on a satellite connection.
With 540ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput
is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with
K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 15 (default).
Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, External comment --
hence 15 is chosen as default value. There is a small loss of
throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s Def value 7 Coded Def 7
channel on a terrestrial connection.
Logical name KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
for all calls
Logical name L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Max value 100 Coded Max 10
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX Def value 60 Coded Def 6
Logical name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max value 120 Coded Max 120
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer Def value 8 Coded Def 8
Logical name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover Cell Type No
or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance adj
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Def value -85 Coded Def 25
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. Max value -47 Coded Max 63
L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P External comment --
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = «Concentric» AND
FREQUENCY_RANGE = «PGSM» or «DCS1800» or «EGSM» or
«DCS 1900»:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to
concentric and monoband cell.)
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63
L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P External comment --
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = «Concentric» AND
«DCS 1900»:
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Recommended rules -- External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Recommended rules -- External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Logical name L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause «too short distance» in outer cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name LAC (BSC) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Location Area Code. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Equal to LAC (MFS)
A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Logical name LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV Cell Type No
expiry. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH Def value 3 Coded Def 3
Logical name LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an Cell Type No
OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit None
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the Cell Type No
maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit None
Logical name Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the Cell Type No
candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Max value 0 Coded Max 16
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Max value 0 Coded Max 16
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Max value 0 Coded Max 16
Logical name Loadlevel_1 HMI name Load_Level_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit %
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Recommended rules -- External comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no
Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered
towards that cell n.
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm to determine when traffic load is Cell Type No
low for GPRS resources. In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used.
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Type Threshold Unit %
Internal comment
In B8, the feature "enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation" is always activated. Def value 50 Coded Def 50
As the consequence, the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS is useless
Logical name LSA_ID_array (BSC) HMI name LSA_ID_I B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Max value 16777215 Coded Max 16777215
Internal comment
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215
The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given
number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even here is for implementation purposes only.
number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Logical name LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
dB, 7 = 64 dB.
Recommended rules -- External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the
Logical name M_PEND_A HMI name M_PEND_A B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of received I-frame before sending acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name M2 HMI name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 1 : CS-2; Min value 2 Coded Min 1
2 : CS-3;
3 : CS-4
Mandatory rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3
MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.

The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking
and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0
(i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
Internal comment 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used only in cells where Def value 2 Coded Def 1
the radio link quality is sufficiently good.
2) This parameter can be set to ‘CS-3’ or ‘CS-4’ only if the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by
the Customer.
Logical name MAX_LAPS HMI name MAX_LAPS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection. Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name MAX_POW_INC HMI name MAX_POW_INC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1
Logical name MAX_POW_RED HMI name MAX_POW_RED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1
Logical name Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 3
Logical name MAX_TRC_NUMBER HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name MCC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999
- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).
- The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple.
- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own
PLMNs.
- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, Def value 999 Coded Def 999
2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter
defines one MCC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release
B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
Recommended rules -- External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value
indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name MCC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
- MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS)
- If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells
have the same (MCC,MNC) couple.
- If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be
selected in the set of own PLMNs (but they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
- If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of
the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can
be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
B7 is in MRx with x >= 6
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] Def value 999 Coded Def 999
parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The
OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Cell Type No
Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS template Yes
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Coded Max 24
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Coded Max 24
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Max value 24 Coded Max 24
RMS_template).
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No
Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS template Yes
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Max value 62 Coded Max 125
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Max value 62 Coded Max 125
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Max value 62 Coded Max 125
RMS_template).
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Max value -48 Coded Max 62
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Max value -48 Coded Max 62
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Max value -48 Coded Max 62
RMS_template).
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Max value 109 Coded Max 219
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Max value 109 Coded Max 219
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Max value 109 Coded Max 219
RMS_template).
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Max value 127 Coded Max 127
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Max value 127 Coded Max 127
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Max value 127 Coded Max 127
RMS_template).
Logical name MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS «fast» when Cell Type Yes
leaving the cell with a handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and Def value 40 Coded Def 40
BTS Type
Logical name MNC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).
PLMNs.
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, Def value 999 Coded Def 999
2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release
Recommended rules -- External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated
here is for implementation purposes.
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE
table.
MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z =
0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
Logical name MNC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
- MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS)
selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] Def value 999 Coded Def 999
parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The
OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MS_P_CON_ACK HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Logical name MS_P_CON_INT HMI name MS_P_CON_INT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,...,
19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31:
32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0
Internal comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded Def value 43 Coded Def 0
as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., «43», «39», «30», «30», depending on
the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the
main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.
2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and
corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the
data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Recommended rules -- External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is
GSM900, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase
2/onwards MS), the coded value «0», «1» and «2» are interpreted
differently:
- Coded value «0»: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;
interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);
- Coded value «2»: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1
MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control and radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19
19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0
differently:
-Coded value «2»: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS
and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise Cell Type No
commanded. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
differently:
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0
Internal comment 1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Def value 43 Coded Def 0
Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which
both apply to the outer zone frequency band.
2) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded
differently:
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =

concentric.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN m B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
TRX nb No
Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,…, 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19
13: 17 dBm,…, 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,…, 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,…, 15: 0 dBm, 30:
33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and Max value 43 Coded Max 0
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules -- External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
Default value for GSM900: 17 dBm
Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm
Logical name MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Internal comment
The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in Def value 0 Coded Def 0
SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release
99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to
the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the Cell Type No
MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It
is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT Cell Type No
REPORT by the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband ON Cell Type
No
handover.
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for Cell Type No
filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also
reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Internal comment
The Default value «6» has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report Def value 6 Coded Def 6
UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
Logical name N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell Def value 4 Coded Def 4
Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M External comment --
+1
2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that

T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30
seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Logical name N_BSTXPWR_M HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. HOLD Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Max value 127 Coded Max 127
Internal comment
Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Def value 13 Coded Def 13
Type
Logical name N_CLR_REQ HMI name NB_CLR_REQ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name N_TCH_HO HMI name N_TCH_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for Auto AC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Logical name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name N200_GSL (BSC) HMI name N200_GSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) External comment --
Logical name N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML. Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one
Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change
of Abis connection type)
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
Logical name N200_RSL (BSC) HMI name N200_RSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category Network (CDE)
domain
Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one
Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
Logical name N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535
Logical name N2X4 HMI name N2X4 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
BCH CBCH Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for basic CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 40 Coded Max 40
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende HMI name Reserved Slots Number for B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
d_CBCH Extended CBCH Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for extended CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the Cell Type No
cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH Max value 4 Coded Max 4
>= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS
must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
MAX_PDCH:
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.
Internal comment 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; Def value 0 Coded Def 0
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
Recommended rules -- External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and
Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater
through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the
following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite

to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on
acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case
of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to
transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments
when no MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
m
Logical name NBLK HMI name NBLK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not Cell Type No
received. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non
Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Min value negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is
recommended; 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules -- Max value * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite,
MPDCH is not 255 Coded Max 255
Mandatory rules -- Max value recommended. Coded Max 255
Logical name NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an Cell Type No
alarm is reported. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 External comment --
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 External comment --
Logical name NCC (BSC) HMI name NCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Logical name NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB Min value 0 Coded Min 0
corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted
Internal comment This parameter was previously named: «PLMN_permitted». Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name NCI HMI name NCI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing Cell Type No
advance. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Failure procedure
Logical name NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Cell Type No
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name network_operation_mode (BSC) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Network operation mode III.
Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must Max value 3 Coded Max 3
have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).

Internal comment Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. Def value 2 Coded Def 2
Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I; 1 == Network operation
mode II; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Recommended rules -- External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and
restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Logical name NUBLK HMI name NUBLK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not Cell Type No
received. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause Cell Type No
27 handovers). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT =
enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid
releasing an on-going call unnecessarily.
Logical name NY1 HMI name NY_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Max value 35 Coded Max 35
Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. External comment --
Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Logical name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Logical name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer Cell Type No
zone (especially in multiband cells). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H Def value 1 Coded Def 10
Logical name Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name OPC HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing
the BSC.
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here
Logical name Operator HMI name CBC_Operator B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Identifies the CBC operator. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC Min value 0 Coded Min 0
interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of
the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters
from the retrieved BSC value.
Logical name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause «level uplink micro-cell» or Cell Type Yes
«level downlink micro-cell». Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance adj
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Def value -80 Coded Def 30
Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella.
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent
phones from ringing in specific cells
Logical name PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before Cell Type No
MS timer T3182. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Internal comment
When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell Def value 0 Coded Def 0
re-selection
Logical name PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Internal comment
re-selection
Logical name PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 4 Coded Min 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Max value 32 Coded Max 32
Internal comment
re-selection
Logical name Password HMI name CBC_Password B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC password. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC Min value 0 Coded Min 0
interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the
string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from
the retrieved BSC value.
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on Cell Type No
the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH1 : downlink Min value 0 Coded Min 0
measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells External comment --
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded Min 0
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. Def value 20 Coded Def 0
The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the
3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a
negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be used in
the CAE template«.
Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a «ping-pong» effect. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands
4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Recommended rules -- External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of
a given cell can be selected among one of the following values:

bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set
to GSM850-DCS1800,
Logical name POW_INC_FACTOR HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor for power increase. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR External comment --
Logical name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE External comment --
Logical name POW_RED_FACTOR HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor for power reduction. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR External comment --
Logical name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE External comment --
Logical name POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in Cell Type No
System Information. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
Logical name PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name PRIO_THR HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = Min value 0 Coded Min 0
30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).
Internal comment At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity. Def value 42 Coded Def 7
Recommended rules -- External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the
MS.
The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite
Logical name PRIORITY(0,n) HMI name Candidate cell priority B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
(BSC) Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet
access. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for Min value 0 Coded Min 0
priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed
for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Max value 6 Coded Max 6
Logical name PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter Cell Type No
is reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name PROT_TH HMI name PROT_TH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the Cell Type No
BCCH TRX Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the
BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can
carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / External comment When set to ‘1’, this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX
radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to ‘0’ in supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH
order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output TRX).
power (see external comment) and avoid wasting Abis If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping /
transmission resources. If EGPRS is activated in a base-band radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if
hopping cell, setting this parameter to ‘0’ does not reduce the the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a
likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall
capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier. ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between
GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be
compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements
(or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of
the BCCH TRX).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator
shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers
between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be
(or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups).
Logical name PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of Cell Type No
frequency hopping channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH Min value 0 Coded Min 0
frequency are not included.
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name Q703_N1 HMI name Q703_N1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
Logical name Q703_T1 HMI name Q703_T1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 timer «alignment ready». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Definition MTP2 timer «not aligned». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP2 timer «aligned». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name Q703_T4E HMI name Q703_T4E B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.4 Coded Min 4
Logical name Q703_T4N HMI name Q703_T4N B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 Normal proving period. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP2 timer «sending SIB». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Definition MTP2 timer «remote congestion». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP2 timer «excessive delay of acknowledgement». Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2
seconds by the BSC.
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name Qsearch(BSC) HMI name Qsearch B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving Cell Type No
cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS) Max value -50 Coded Max 15
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding Def value -50 Coded Def 15
text «always search for 3G neighbour cells» (resp. «never search for 3G neighbour cells»).
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received
always search for 3G neighbour cells. signal level is below (-98 dBm to «always search for 3G neighbour
cells») or above (-78 dBm to «never search for neighbour cells»)
the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is
a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I
when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast
on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
Logical name QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by Cell Type No
the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with Def value 0 Coded Def 0
pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
Logical name RA_CODE (BSC) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. Min value -1 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Internal comment
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
«-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R
since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
Logical name RA_COLOUR HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been Min value 0 Coded Min 0
valued by the network provider.
Internal comment Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/4 messages. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated
Logical name RACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Threshold Unit dBm
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded Min 1
1: -110 dBm
5: -106 dBm
9: -102 dBm
13: -98 dBm
17: -94 dBm
21: -90 dBm
25: -86 dBm
29: -82 dBm
33: -78 dBm
37: -74 dBm
41: -70 dBm
45: -66 dBm
49: -62 dBm
53: -58 dBm
57: -54 dBm
61: -50 dBm
Logical name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr
Coding rules step size=1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT External comment --
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Cell Type No
filtering. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Max value 64 Coded Max 64
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL
REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with
Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are
discarded.
Logical name RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr
Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER External comment --
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Max value 64 Coded Max 15
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Max value 128 Coded Max 128
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Def value 18 Coded Def 18
Logical name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in «BA Range» Information Element. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules -- Min value -1 Coded Min -1
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023
Internal comment -- Def value -1 Coded Def -1
Recommended rules -- External comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in «BA
Range» IE.
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as
not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 =
indicator of end of BA Range)
Logical name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in «BA Range» Information Element. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Min value -1 Coded Min -1
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023
Internal comment -- Def value -1 Coded Def -1
Recommended rules -- External comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in «BA
Range» IE
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as
not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 =
indicator of end of BA Range)
Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is Cell Type No
not acknowledged). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is Min value 0 Coded Min 0
repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received.
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls «Response request» OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Min value 0 Coded Min 0
For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know
whether or not the external target cells (towards which the
directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel
recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is set to enabled
in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in
case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other
Logical name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the Cell Type No
parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,
VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, Instance cell
VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules coded from 1 to 16 Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Internal comment
The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the Def value 1 Coded Def 1
beginning of the definition field.
Logical name ROT HMI name ROT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include «Time Difference» IE in HANDOVER Cell Type No
COMPLETE. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE
Logical name RSL_RATE (BSC) HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad Cell Type Yes
downlink quality. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name RXLEV_DL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type Def value -71 Coded Def 39
and BTS Type
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = «Concentric» AND External comment --
«DCS 1900»:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to
Logical name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on Cell Type Yes
power budget (cause 12). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink Cell Type Yes
quality. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name RXLEV_UL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type Def value -78 Coded Def 32
and BTS Type
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = «Concentric» AND External comment --
«DCS 1900»:
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to
Logical name RXLEVmin(n) HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Logical name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit CBper
Logical name Schedule_period_for_extended_CB HMI name Schedule period for Extended B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
CH CBCH Cell Type No
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit CBper
Logical name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Cell Type No
Assignment procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC External comment «0» means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after
completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Logical name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name SLC HMI name Signalling Link Code B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Link Code. Cell Type No
Instance N7 ch
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Displayed Type Reference Unit None
Logical name SMS_INHIBIT HMI name SMS_INHIBIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". Max value 2 Coded Max 2
If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set
= FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all
the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then
for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"
Recommended rules -- External comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,
USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",
CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
Logical name SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" Max value 1 Coded Max 1
'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+"
SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Logical name SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication Cell Type No
message. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 1 Coded Max 1
can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Logical name SMSCB_State HMI name SMSCB_State B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the Def value 1 Coded Def 1
BSC.
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name SSF HMI name SSF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value Min value 0 Coded Min 0
= 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for
national use
Recommended rules -- External comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network
Indicator and 2 spare bits.
Logical name STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls the format of the «Classmark 2» IE sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0: no modification on «Classmark2» IE, 1: octet 5 of «Classmark2» IE is stripped out Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is
Logical name T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105 Max value 127.5 Coded Max 255
Logical name T(iar) HMI name T(iar) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 6sec Min value 402 Coded Min 402
Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC External comment --
Logical name T(ias) HMI name T(ias) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC External comment --
Logical name T(rel) HMI name T(rel) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Min value 8 Coded Min 16
Logical name T(sst) HMI name T(sst) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP HMI name Autocleaning_Timer B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that External comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 procedure.
seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Logical name T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Max value 25 Coded Max 25
Logical name T_AVG_W (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_W B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Max value 25 Coded Max 25
Logical name T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_BTS_EST_CNF HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_BTS_RLS_CNF HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_BURST HMI name T_BURST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size =0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an Cell Type No
alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT External comment --
Logical name T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call Cell Type No
setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
layer.
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10
Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA. Def value 30 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT External comment --
Logical name T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater External comment --
than the time needed for the FU to detect the Abis link failure)
Logical name T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two Cell Type No
LAPD establishment attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
Rec reference Application GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of its Cell Type No
SDCCH sub-channels are in the free state. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, …, 31: 29.76s Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS Cell Type No
channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
Rec reference 3GPP TS 24.008 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 Min value 0.2 Coded Min 2
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) Max value 5 Coded Max 50
Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) External comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008

- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater
terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater
satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (BSC) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) External comment --
Logical name T_HCP HMI name T_HCP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size= 1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 Max value 120 Coded Max 120
Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time External comment Depends on MSC type
for external handover execution
Logical name T_i HMI name T_i B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_IA HMI name T_IA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH Cell Type No
queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101 Max value 5 Coded Max 50
Logical name T_INHIBIT_CPT HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
Logical name T_INTRF_L3 HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535
Logical name T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. Cell Type No
initialisation procedure). Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
Rec reference None Application LCS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment
The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in case of LCS abort procedure towards the Def value 2 Coded Def 20
SMLC.
Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name T_Location HMI name T_Location B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Cell Type No
request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Coded Max 3000
Internal comment
The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow Def value 15 Coded Def 150
between the SMLC and the MS.
Recommended rules - External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Cell Type No
request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow Def value 30 Coded Def 30
between the SMLC and the MS.
Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and
replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS
Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods.
Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) Max value 60 Coded Max 60
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature Def value 30 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a External comment --
new cell configuration
Logical name T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent Cell Type No
handover attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS Def value 3 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) External comment --
Logical name T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS Def value 3 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) External comment --
Logical name T_PDA HMI name T_PDA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on Cell Type No
PCH remains in the PCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 5 Coded Max 50
T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently,
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2

T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
Internal comment The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14
BS_PA_MFRMS parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
Logical name T_PUA HMI name T_PUA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF Cell Type No
establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 5 Coded Max 50
T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below)
AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_max
(ms)/Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
m

Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/
Internal comment The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Def value 0.8
Coded Def 8
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/ AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. The T_PUA
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/ parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
Recommended rules Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/ -- External comment --
Logical name T_qho HMI name T_QHO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Logical name T_RCR_ACK HMI name T_RCR_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure Cell Type No
occurs. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance OMC
domain
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn
Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool Def value 10 Coded Def 10
Logical name T_RMS_BSC HMI name T_RMS_BSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition General supervision of RMS in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 1 Coded Min 10
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC Max value 6553 Coded Max 6553
Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS External comment --
Logical name T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Cell Type No
Assignment procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER External comment --
Logical name T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_TFO HMI name T_TFO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater
via satellite.
Logical name T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is Cell Type No
ignored. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535
Logical name T1_long HMI name T1_long B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name T1_short HMI name T1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name T11 HMI name T11 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 s Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1). Def value 4 Coded Def 40
Provision in MIB B5
Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after Cell Type No
reception of a processed OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535
Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and Cell Type No
debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Telecom global reset procedure.
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535
Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD Def value 50 Coded Def 500
Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending Cell Type No
OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535
Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 100
Logical name T200 (BSC) HMI name T200 (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements. Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, .. . , 9: 1000ms Min value 300 Coded Min 2
Recommended rules -- External comment To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the value
has to be set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and OML16k as well as
for RSL64k or RSL16k) This parameter is not included in the
RNO/RNP-CMA logical parameter file interface. If the Abis
satellite link is removed, T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default
value.
The value of T200 (BSC) driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 1sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis
Lapd timer is greater than 500msec.
Logical name T200_GSL (BSC) HMI name T200_GSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name T203 (BSC) HMI name T203 (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 4
Logical name T203_GSL (BSC) HMI name T203_GSL (BSC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS) Max value 10 Coded Max 10
Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules T3101 > 2s External comment --
Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Internal channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 > T3106_F_HR
Logical name T3105_D HMI name T3105_D B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 220 Coded Max 220
T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 External comment --
T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)
Logical name T3105_D_STOP HMI name T3105_D_STOP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling Min value 0 Coded Min 0
frame
Logical name T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105_F_FR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR Cell Type No
channels. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 250 Coded Max 250
T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 External comment --
T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Logical name T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105_F_HR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR Cell Type No
channels. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 250 Coded Max 250
T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 External comment --
T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Logical name T3105_F_STOP HMI name T3105_F_STOP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
frame or of a correct traffic frame
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH Cell Type No
synchronous handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103 Max value 1500 Coded Max 1500
T3106_D < T9113
Logical name T3106_D_STOP HMI name T3106_D_STOP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
frame
Logical name T3106_F HMI name T3106_F B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH Cell Type No
synchronous handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103 Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000
T3106_F < T9113
Logical name T3106_F_STOP HMI name T3106_F_STOP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
frame or of a correct traffic frame
Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s External comment --
Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) External comment --
Definition Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid Cell Type No
sleeping cell problems. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn
Coding rules Step size = 1 min Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Cell Type No
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF
establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded Min 1
001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: Def value 1 Coded Def 1
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS
for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to
the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this
parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value
of about 200 msec should be considered.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS
in the serving cell, before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release
in the serving cell. of the Alcatel BSS.
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are
not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending 0 1 1: 0 msec
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite 1 0 0: 80 msec
links: 1 0 1: 120 msec
- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial 1 1 0: 160 msec
links in the serving cell: 1 1 1: 200 msec
i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the
delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if
DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)
ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the
delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if
DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links in the serving cell:
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update Cell Type No
procedures. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0. Def value 3 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules -- External comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Max value 20 Coded Max 200

Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est) Max value 6553,5 Coded Max 65535
Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 External comment --
Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection Cell Type No
(started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the
same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the Instance BSC
MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped
when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
domain
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. External comment --
Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Channel modification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553,5 Coded Max 65535
Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer External comment --
supervising the Modify procedure.
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
Logical name TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper
Recommended rules -- External comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m
Logical name TCH_INFO_PERIOD HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Min value 2 Coded Min 20
Recommended rules T_PDCH_PREEMPTION <= TCH_INFO_PERIOD- External comment --
Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules -- Max value infinity Coded Max 7
Internal comment
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Threshold Unit %
Internal comment
Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA Def value 500 Coded Def 500
message
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & Max value 100 Coded Max 10
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is External comment --
recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is
greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of
TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules Step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & Max value 100 Coded Max 10
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is External comment --
greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of
TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & Max value 100 Coded Max 10
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is External comment --
greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of
TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & Max value 100 Coded Max 10
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is External comment --
greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of
TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating «no overload» condition and «overload level 1» condition when Cell Type No
pointer P points at position 0. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating «overload level 1» condition and «overload level 2» condition Cell Type No
when pointer P points at position 0. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Instance BSC
domain
Logical name TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Max value 50 Coded Max 500
Logical name TL0 HMI name TL0 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Cell Type No
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Overload Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Logical name TL1 HMI name TL1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy Cell Type No
thresholds. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: Cell Type No
1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in «High Overload» state if «TL3 <= TCU Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Processor Occupancy Level < TL4»;
2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in «Very High Overload» State if «TL3 <= Instance BSC
TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4»;
3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in «Low Overload» state if «TL0 <= TCU
Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.
domain
Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in «Very High Overload» state if its Cell Type No
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100
Logical name Treassembly HMI name Treassembly B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a Cell Type No
segmented layer 3 message. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance BSC
Rec reference Q714 Application GSM Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by BSC nor by the OMC.) Def value 10 Coded Def 100
Logical name TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC proc
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to
0 for other BSC processors
Logical name TRX_PREF_MARK HMI name Preference Mark B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. Cell Type No
Instance TRX
domain
Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH Min value 0 Coded Min 0
sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.
1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference
mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.
…
7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest
preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this
TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic.
Mandatory rules 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, or in the G1 band, the Max value 7 Coded Max 7
parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value.
MAX_PDCH:
Internal comment In Release B8, this parameter is used to replace the B7.2 GPRS_PREF_MARK parameter. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Recommended rules -- External comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH
TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware
and a transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator
shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers
between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be
(or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of
the BCCH TRX).
Logical name TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Max value 50 Coded Max 500
Logical name TSC HMI name TSC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS:

*) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to
the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP
TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must
be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also
set to BCC.
**) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to
the O&M parameter TSC.
Logical name Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary Min value 3 Coded Min 0
coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) Max value 50 Coded Max 15
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo Def value 32 Coded Def 14
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e.
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =
1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it

is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2

successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn
randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in
the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on
the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)
- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)

Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:

m
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes
MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. Instance cell
Rec reference None - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) Application GSM Category Site (CAE) =1
Spec reference Handover preparation - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) domain OMC-R access
Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules -- Note: Max value -47 Coded Max 63

Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH
Def value -47 Coded Def 63
BTS Type frames per 51-multiframe
Recommended rules - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames -- External comment --
Recommended rules per 51-multiframe. External comment --
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB External comment --
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and Def value -47 Coded Def 63
BTS Type
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB External comment --
Logical name U_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Recommended rules -- External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Logical name U_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70
Recommended rules -- External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Logical name U_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type Def value 63 Coded Def 63
Recommended rules -- External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
Logical name Use_of_Extended_CBCH HMI name Extended CBCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 1 Coded Max 1
can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Recommended rules -- External comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH
should be set to "Yes".
Logical name VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality Cell Type No
statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS template Yes
Instance BSC
domain
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RMS_template).
Logical name W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name W_QUAL_CA HMI name W_QUAL_CA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name WI_CR HMI name WI_CR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = «Call Re-establishment». Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name WI_EC HMI name WI_EC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = «Emergency call». Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name WI_OC HMI name WI_OC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = «Originating call». Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name WI_OP HMI name WI_OP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = «Location updating» or «Other procedures which Cell Type No
can be completed with an SDCCH». Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a Cell Type Yes
concentric cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS template No
Instance TRX
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone.
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell Def value 0 Coded Def 0
BTS parameters
Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Abort frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0
Logical name AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment Coded in the firmware Def value 100 Coded Def 100
Logical name BCCH_CUT_TIMER HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file Def value 210 Coded Def 210
Logical name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Logical name CRC_ERR HMI name CRC_ERR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in Cell Type No
reception). Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in Cell Type No
transmission). Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3 External comment --
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name INACT_DLCI HMI name INACT_DLCI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Logical name INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
0 : 20000000000000000
1: 1
2: 2
….
1999999999999999: 1999999999999999
Logical name K_LAPD_OML HMI name K_LAPD_OML B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name K_LAPD_RSL HMI name K_LAPD_RSL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL Def value 7 Coded Def 7
Logical name K_LAPDm HMI name K_LAPDm B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N_DECR HMI name N_DECR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name N_INCR HMI name N_INCR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an Cell Type No
overload is reported. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_LE HMI name N200_LE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting Cell Type No
radio failure in «Link Establishment» state. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name N200_LR HMI name N200_LR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
radio failure in «Link Release» state. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_RSL (BTS) HMI name N200_RSL (BTS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL). Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 5 for all Abis, if at least one Abis
Lapd timer is greater than 500mS
default Value : 10 in case of Abis terrestrial link, 5 in case of
Abis via satellite
Logical name N200_TD HMI name N200_TD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
radio failure in «Timer Recovery» state on SDCCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_TS HMI name N200_TS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
radio failure in «Timer Recovery» state on SACCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
radio failure in «Timer Recovery» state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
radio failure in «Timer Recovery» state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N201 (BTS) HMI name N201 (BTS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum length of user data in an I frame. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
Logical name N201_C HMI name N201_C B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
Rec reference GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Not Used (NU)
domain
Logical name N201_D HMI name N201_D B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name N201_S HMI name N201_S B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on SACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
Logical name PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH Cell Type No
group. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment Coded in the firmware. Def value 200 Coded Def 200
Logical name PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name RSL_RATE (BTS) HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name SHORT_FRM HMI name SHORT_FRM B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Short frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used in the BTS for filtering transcoder alarms after the sending of the 08.58 ESTABLISH Cell Type No
INDICATION message at the beginning of the TCH assignment. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR > T_SYNC Max value 5 Coded Max 5
Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF. Def value 2 Coded Def 2
Logical name T_RESET_COUNTER HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Used to reset LAPD error counters. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_SUP HMI name T_SUP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU Cell Type No
load counter. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_SYNC HMI name Tsync B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used in the BTS to detecta loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder Cell Type No
Instance TRAU
domain
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced Cell Type No
full rate and half rate channels. Sub-syste BTS RMS template No
Instance TRAU
domain
Logical name T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels. Cell Type No
Instance TRAU
domain
Logical name T_ta HMI name Tta B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3
Recommended rules -- External comment Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for
FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Logical name T200_D3 HMI name T200_D3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_OMU HMI name T200_TRE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_SD HMI name T200_SD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_ST HMI name T200_ST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_TF HMI name T200_TF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_TH HMI name T200_TH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Logical name T200_TRE HMI name T200_TRE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size 10 ms Min value 160 Coded Min 16
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
Logical name T203 (BTS) HMI name T203 (BTS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition RSL Link supervision timer. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC Max value 4 Coded Max 4
Logical name THR_ACT_1 HMI name THR_ACT_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Logical name THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Logical name THR_BUFFER HMI name THR_BUFFER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Logical name THR_IDLE HMI name THR_IDLE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Logical name THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX External comment --
Logical name THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX External comment --
Logical name TLC_CONFIG_T HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
Spec reference BSS init of telecom part OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file Def value 300 Coded Def 300
Logical name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
domain
MFS parameters
Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL Cell Type No
REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE Max value 1 Coded Max 1
parameter to «8-bits access bursts».
Internal comment The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping the same functional level as in Release Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC HMI name ACCESS_RATE_BC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Cell Type No
Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit kbit/s
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984
Logical name ALPHA (MFS) HMI name ALPHA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1010
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 10
Logical name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name Ater_Usage_Threshold HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said «high». Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit %
Recommended rules -- External comment When the Ater usage is «high»
Max_PDCH_Per_TBF_High_Ater_Usage applies, whereas when
the Ater usage is «normal» (i.e. percentage of used Ater nibbles is
below the threshold), Max_PDCH_Per_TBF applies.
Logical name ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name BCC (MFS) HMI name BCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Logical name BCC (n) HMI name BCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = «EGSM» or «EGSM-DCS1800», the BCCH ARFCN Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. Def value None Coded Def
Logical name BEP_PERIOD HMI name BEP_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference 3GPP TS 05.08 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded Min 0
0: 1
1: 2
2: 3
3: 4
4: 5
5: 7
6: 10
7: 12
8: 15
9: 20
10: 25
11: Reserved for future use
Internal comment Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC-R. Def value 25 Coded Def 10
Recommended rules -- External comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor e used
in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side.
In case of frequency hopping or of cells rather dedicated to
«fast» mobiles (i.e. motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to
set a lower value (e.g. 10) in order to detect more quickly radio
quality deterioration
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the Cell Type No
PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 7
when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. Def value 4 Coded Def 4
At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = «CBH» or «SDH» in the
TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Recommended rules -- External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Cell Type No
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed. Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of
trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for
non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink releases and reestablishments.
retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
links:
- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast Cell Type No
on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max value 9 Coded Max 7
consumption is.
Logical name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) Min value 1 Coded Min 1
The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS Max value 10 Coded Max 10
Recommended rules -- External comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks
«available» on one PCCCH =
(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for
the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations
when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one
radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 -
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater
than 0.
Logical name BS_PBCCH_BLKS HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, Min value 1 Coded Min 0
B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH
Mandatory rules BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Max value 4 Coded Max 3
Logical name BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message Cell Type No
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink
slave PDCH. Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max value 12 Coded Max 12
Internal comment This parameter only applies to cells where there is no PCCCH. Def value 6 Coded Def 6
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message Cell Type No
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink
master PDCH. Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max value 12 Coded Max 12
Internal comment
number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request. Def value 2 Coded Def 2
Needed for MPDCH feature.
This parameter only applies to cells where there is at least one PCCCH.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the Cell Type No
BTS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Max value 0 Coded Max 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
limitation).
Logical name BSS_LCS_Resume_handling HMI name BSS_LCS_Resume_handling B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition flag enabling or disabling the resumption of a location procedures in the BSS, after an intra-BSS Cell Type No
handover or a RR procedure, during A-GPS procedures. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
Rec reference None Application LCS Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0= BSS LCS resumption is disabled , 1 = BSS LCS resumption is enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name bssgp_T1 HMI name T1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE)
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Guards the reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
Logical name bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) External comment --
Logical name BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name BVC_RESET_RETRIES HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
domain
Logical name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
domain
Logical name C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The Cell Type No
hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name CBS HMI name Commited Burst Size B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Commited Burst Size. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
Rec reference Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 248 Coded Max 248
CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Logical name CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max value 1 Coded Max 1
MAX_PDCH:
shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name CI (MFS) HMI name cell identity (CI) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None
Equal to CI (BSC)
Logical name CI(n) HMI name CI(n) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max value 65535 Coded Max 65536
Logical name CIR HMI name Committed Information Rate B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Committed Information Rate. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s
Mandatory rules CIR=0 when «direct access» is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984
Logical name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN HMI name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the Confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned Cell Type No
by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLO HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO B7.2 No B8

Yes TRX nb No
PE R_SLOPE Cell Type No
Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the
confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
A-GPS server.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLO B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius PE Cell Type
No
factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition "Forgetting time» in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Cell Type No
Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
average of channel quality measurements.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 0.02 Coded Min 1
Internal comment During the migration phase the B8 default value is applied to B7.2 GPU. Def value 2 Coded Def 100
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Cell Type No
adaptation:measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the average Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
of channel quality measurements.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit sec
Internal comment During the migration phase the B8 default value is applied to B7.2 GPU. Def value 0.32 Coded Def 16
Logical name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from Cell Type No
CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
Logical name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from Cell Type No
CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
change the TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successive DL TBFs to be able to reuse the Cell Type No
coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the previous DL TBF in case of data transfer Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
resumption for a DL TBF in delayed release state. When a new LLC PDU is received and the
downlink transfer is resumed, the timer defined by CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD shall be checked. If it Instance cell
has not expired, then the coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the previous DL
TBF shall be reused.
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 Cell Type No
to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; Def value 6 Coded Def 90
Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10;
Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 Cell Type No
in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Cell Type No
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name CS_SIR_HST_DL HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Cell Type No
Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be
such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality
reports is respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for
PACCH en downlink).
Logical name DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.922 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None
Internal comment -- Def value None Coded Def
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, Min value 0 Coded Min 0
…, 111
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 3
Sent on PSI 13
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH, with one GCH, on an EGPRS capable TRX, during a 20ms Cell Type No
time frame, when En_EGPRS = enabled. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit ms
Coding rules step size = 0.001 ms Min value 0.333 Coded Min 333
Internal comment
The set of parameters («DSP_CPU_Class_x» (x=1-5), «DSP_CPU_Class_y_GPRS» (y=1-2)) are Def value 0.333 Coded Def 333
used to define the DSP congestion rule in the PMU.
The CPU cost assumes a low EGPRS penetration rate (5%).
The CPU cost corresponds to a maximum of 60 PDCHs.
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition CPU cost for the DSP of: Cell Type No
- one PDCH made of 1 GCH, supported: Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
*) either by a non-EGPRS capable TRX,
*) or by an EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled; Instance MFS
- or one MPDCH;
during a 20ms time frame.
domain
Internal comment
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH, with 2 GCHs, on an EGPRS capable TRX, during a 20ms Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
The CPU cost corresponds to a maximum of 50 PDCHs
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH made of 2 GCHs, supported: Cell Type No
- either by a non-EGPRS capable TRX Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
- or by an EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled,
during a 20ms time frame. Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
We assume that the case where, in a cell, G4 TRXs would be associated with a pool class>2 and
En_EGPRS = disabled would be a transient state. In this case, the real capacity of the DSP would
be lower that the estimated capacity (the GCH load would be under-estimated).
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment

Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
The limitation induced by CPU cost (34 PDCHs) is not as strong as the limitation due to 120
GCHs (max 30 PDCHs)
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
The limitation induced by CPU cost (31 PDCHs) is not as strong as the limitation due to 120
GCHs (max 24 PDCHs)
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded Min 0
uplink DTX
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) Max value 2 Coded Max 2
Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the «DTX» field in «cell Options (BCCH)» IE in SYSTEM Def value 2 Coded Def 2
INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in «cell Options (SACCH)» IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in
some cases
Needed for MPDCH feature.
The DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Recommended rules -- External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
Logical name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is Cell Type No
computed. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
Rec reference None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Logical name EBS HMI name Excess Burst Size B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Excess Burst Size. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 248 Coded Max 248
Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 External comment --
Logical name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to request for a Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size
Instance MFS
Rec reference None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules step size =0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size ratio. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size: 0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25
according to the simulation result.
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition In a mono-slot DL EGPRS TBF transfer procedure, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis Cell Type No
terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message
consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. Instance MFS
For a multi-slot EGPRS TBF or an EGPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional
to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of
consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation
but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not
to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The
polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, MS multislot class and
on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition In a mono-slot DL EGPRS TBF transfer procedure, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis Cell Type No
satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message
consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. Instance MFS
For a multi-slot EGPRS TBF or an EGPRS TBF which shares its PDCH PDCH(s), the limit is
proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Internal comment
This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned Def value 16 Coded Def 16
Recommended rules -- External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the
loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link
adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to
be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad
radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor,
MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
MFS) ION Cell Type No
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation
mode for MS in GMM Ready state Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state,
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC) Max value 2 Coded Max 2
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to «NC2 mode of
HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several operation for R99 onwards MS» or «NC2 mode of operation for all
frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the MS», the 3G search is systematically deactivated when
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall

Logical name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment
This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute pending DL LLC PDU’s from the old cell to Def value 1 Coded Def 1
the new cell (in the same RA) in case there is a NSE change and the SGSN does not support the
inter-NSE rerouting optional R4 feature.
Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Logical name EN_CONV_GPS HMI name EN_CONV_GPS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘Conventional GPS’. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when
EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS). Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has
no effect on the securisation part.
This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell
change.
Logical name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH for (E)GPRS traffic usage will be statically S Cell Type
No
established in the cell.
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled, Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: enabled
Mandatory rules MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; Max value 1 Coded Max 1
MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.

Internal comment If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and Def value 0 Coded Def 0
that an UL TBF might be established without further delay.
Recommended rules -- External comment Better performances for service access time will be obtained
when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always
be established in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the
operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and
terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher
importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due
to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the
higher cost of transmission links.
Logical name EN_IR HMI name EN_IR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the downlink TBF in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name EN_LCS (MFS) HMI name EN_LCS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Assisted A-GPS’. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Based A-GPS’. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving Cell Type No
cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is
triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the
to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS
cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more
Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).
Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’.
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules 0: Disable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: Enable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is
triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the
to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS
cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more
Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).
Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting
Logical name EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of Cell Type No
PSI3bis messages Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
Internal comment
Needed for MPDCH feature. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which
improves the cell reselection duration.
Logical name EN_RES_REALLOCATION HMI name EN_RES_REALLOCATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 4 bits are used: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers
1: resource reallocation is enabled for all triggers
2: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T1
5: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T2
8: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T4
9: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1, T2 and T3
Internal comment This parameter is used to possibly disable some or all of the telecom triggers for resource Def value 1 Coded Def 1
reallocation (only some triggers but not all may be enabled). Note also that it is possible to
modify the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to perform
resource reallocation in order to:
- either maintain a TBF alive when its PACCH is fast preempted
(trigger T1);
- or attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS upon concurrent TBF
establishment (trigger T2) (With the Immediate UL TBF
establishment function, T2 is mandatory to get an optimal
throughput);
- or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS which
has a TBF in the direction of the bias with less PDCHs than it
can support according to its multislot class (trigger T3);
- or to reallocate an UL GPRS TBF, which shares the same
Logical name EN_SAGI HMI name EN_SAGI m B7.2 No B8 Yes
TRX nb No
Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name EN_SOLSA HMI name EN_SOLSA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Max value 1 Coded Max 1
PDCH with a DL EGPRS TBF (trigger T4).
Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name EN_SOLSA(n) HMI name EN_SOLSA B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to
configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ;
the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the
adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
Logical name EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit MHz
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of «-1» indicates that no UTRAN Min value -1 Coded Min -1
frequency is provided.
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) Max value 3276.6 Coded Max 16383
Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz.
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following Def value -1 Coded Def -1
values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of «-1» indicates that no UTRAN frequency is
provided.
When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to
the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of «-1» indicates that
Recommended rules -- External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute
Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are
broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH
allocated in the serving cell.
Logical name FDD_Qmin(MFS) HMI name FDD_Qmin B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec reference 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB Min value -20 Coded Min 0
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8dB
4 = -16dB
5 = -10dB
6 = -14dB
7 = -12dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC) Max value -6 Coded Max 1
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (MFS) HMI name FDD_Qoffset B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for Cell Type No
UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded Min 0
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC) Max value 28 Coded Max 15
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text Def value -32 Coded Def 0
«always select a 3Gcell if possible»
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb Cell Type No
interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to External comment --
the maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network
Logical name FR_INFO_SIZE HMI name Info Frame size B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum frame relay information frame size. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as
a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory rules If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to Max value 6 Coded Max 6
"Concentric". In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = «EGSM» or «EGSM-DCS1800», the BCCH
ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to
cells external to the OMC. The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as
the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are
here considered as belonging to the same frequency range.
Internal comment Values «4» and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA Def value 0 Coded Def 0
TCHs. Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE
parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the
following values:
bands",
Logical name GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Binary representation of the «gamma ch» for MS output power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the
outer zone.
Logical name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLA HMI name Geographical Coordinates B7.2 No B8

Yes TRX nb No
G Cell Type No
Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R Def value 0 Coded Def 0
are significant or not.
Logical name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTE B7.2 Yes B8
Yes TRX nb No
RESIS Cell Type No
Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able Def value 12 Coded Def 12
to manage two polling requests at a given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set
GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD = 16.
The value of GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in
case a Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet
Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only
manage one polling request at a given instant.
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned Def value 12 Coded Def 12
It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD_SATELLITE = 12 if the MSs used in the
network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended
to set GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD_SATELLITE = 16.
The value of GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD_SATELLITE = 12 allows not blocking the RLC
transmission window in case a Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is
replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_ACK_PERIOD_SATELLITE = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the
MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.
Recommended rules -- External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit_Satellite.
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature Def value -84 Coded Def 13
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) HMI name HCS_THR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded Min 19
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15:
0 dBm.
Internal comment 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. Def value 43 Coded Def 0
2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is
always used, i.e. default coded value = «0».
By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter
are given for the GSM900 frequency band.
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded Min 19
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…,
19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. Def value 43 Coded Def 0
Logical name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VAL HMI name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
UE VALUE Cell Type No
Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS
(E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: Min value 1 Coded Min 1
1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS);
8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).
Recommended rules -- External comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF
establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown
(e.g. access on CCCH) in order to work out the number of
timeslots anticipated for the likely forthcoming downlink TBF.
Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink
TBF establishment is taken into account.
Logical name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Min value 10 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Logical name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) Min value -52 Coded Min 0
00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28;
00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110=
- 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12;
10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44;
11111= 48
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Logical name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules -- Max value infinity Coded Max 7
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3
Internal comment
Logical name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location Cell Type No
estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,…, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max value 70 Coded Max 70
Logical name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL HMI name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines whether the MS shall perform interference measurements on other channels. L Cell Type
No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : no interference measurement, 1 : interference measurement Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name K_AVG_L HMI name K_AVG_L B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name K_AVG_Q HMI name K_AVG_Q B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Logical name K_GSL (MFS) HMI name K_GSL (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links
in all cells of the MFS.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links
in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name LAC (MFS) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
domain
Equal to LAC (BSC)
Logical name LAC(n) HMI name LAC(n) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
domain
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535
Logical name LCS_AZIMUTH HMI name AZIMUTH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute Cell Type No
location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: 0 degree,…, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
This parameter is considered as being significant as soon as the geographical coordinates are Def value 0 Coded Def 0
significant.
Recommended rules -- External comment 0° corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise.
Logical name LCS_LATITUDE HMI name LATITUDE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on Cell Type No
TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded Min
- number of degrees (from 0 to 90)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for South and false for North)
Mandatory rules -- Max value 90,59,9999,true Coded Max
Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to Def value # Coded Def
true;
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different
Recommended rules -- External comment 1) 0° latitude corresponds to the Equator;
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in B8 BSS O&M
Parameters (3BK 11204 0284 DSZZA) parameter "LCS-Latitude".
Logical name LCS_LONGITUDE HMI name LONGITUDE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on Cell Type No
TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded Min
- number of degrees (from 0 to 180)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for West and false for East)
Mandatory rules -- Max value 180,59,9999,true Coded Max
Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to Def value # Coded Def
true;
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different
Recommended rules -- External comment 1) 0° longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in B8 BSS O&M
Parameters (3BK 11204 0284 DSZZA), parameter
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards the Cell Type No
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, Radio Allocation Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Request, Radio Deallocation Command, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation
Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards the Cell Type No
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS,
Update GPRS Parameters Request. Instance MFS
domain
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

ueA ueA Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, Radio Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Allocation Request, Radio Deallocation Command, GIC Group State Request, Transmission
Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS. Def value 50 Coded Def 50
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
ueB ueB Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request,
Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request. Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS Def value 264 Coded Def 264
Logical name LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max value 50 Coded Max 50
Logical name LSA_ID_array (MFS) HMI name LSA_ID_I B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Max value 16777215 Coded Max 16777215
Internal comment
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215
The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given
number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even here is for implementation purposes only.
number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Logical name LSA_ID_array (n) HMI name LSA_ID_I(n) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Internal comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose. Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to
adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition AGCH queuing time. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MS context in GPU. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value =
2500
Logical name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH Max value 10 Coded Max 10
Internal comment 1) The maximum value of MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH (i.e. 10) is hard coded in PTU SW of the MFS. Def value 8 Coded Def 8
Logical name MAX_EGPRS_MCS HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0: MCS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0
1: MCS-2;
2: MCS-3;
3: MCS-4;
4: MCS-5;
5: MCS-6;
6: MCS-7;
7: MCS-8;
8: MCS-9;
Mandatory rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max 8
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS. Def value 120 Coded Def 120
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the Cell Type No
complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX mode.
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by Def value 3 Coded Def 3
the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages
although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no
consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
The Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the Cell Type No
complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode.
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by Def value 3 Coded Def 3
the MFS as follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity" Cell Type No
as been indicated by the SGSN. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Internal comment
Needed for MPDCH feature. Def value 60 Coded Def 60
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Recommended rules -- External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
Logical name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s External comment --
Logical name MAX_PDCH HMI name MAX_PDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be established in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Max value 127 Coded Max 127
If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ;
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE;
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE;
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.

The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and
transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e.
GPRS is not allowed)
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve
DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = «extended inner» or «extended outer», then the only possible
value for GPRS administrative state is «locked» (GPRS is not possible in an extended cell).
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
Internal comment 1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface; Def value 0 Coded Def 0
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
3) The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0
4) The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed,
ideally they should be performed taking into account the number of slave PDCHs defined in the
cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The
Recommended rules In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
reselect a macro cell by a correct setting of the cell reselection m
parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0
and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to ‘NC0’ in the micro
cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended:
NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =
1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS Cell Type No
traffic is high. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Max value 127 Coded Max 127
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH
Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface; Def value 0 Coded Def 0
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-
Recommended rules -- External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and
optimized checks.
Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection, when the Ater usage is Cell Type No
«normal». Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules Max_PDCH_Per_TBF >= Max_PDCH_Per_TBF_High_Ater_Usage Max value 5 Coded Max 5
Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF_High_Ater_Us HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF_HiAter B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

age Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection, when the Ater usage is
«high». Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules Max_PDCH_Per_TBF >= Max_PDCH_Per_TBF_High_Ater_Usage Max value 5 Coded Max 5
Internal comment The default value is the same as Max_PDCH_Per_TBF, in order not to modify the behaviour after Def value 5 Coded Def 5
migration
Recommended rules External comment This parameter can be reduced to improve GCH congestion
handling
Logical name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Cell Type No
Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is Cell Type No
in non DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1
Logical name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PPCH queuing time. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
Logical name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded Min 10
Logical name Max_Rate_Safety HMI name Max_Rate_Safety B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and Cell Type No
MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
Rec reference 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
Internal comment
In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one MS on each allocated PDCH, this Def value 1.1 Coded Def 11
parameter is used to artificially decrease the radio efficiency in order to avoid the underflow
situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.
Logical name Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of Cell Type No
Low Rate PSI messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period
Logical name Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast Cell Type No
on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 3
consumption is.
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH Cell Type No
with priority level 1. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Instance cell
domain
Logical name Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries Cell Type No
(max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the beginning).
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an External comment --
UL TBF
Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish
a DL TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF
establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which
acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be
released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF,
in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet
UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP
+ 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the
Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement:
RRBP + 3 is used
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD +
60)
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet Cell Type No
Measurement Order message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Change Order message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement
message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of a Instance MFS
Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation command following the non-reception
of a Packet Measurement Report message.
domain
Coding rules step size: 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. Def value 13000 Coded Def 13000
Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Internal comment
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum Def value 240 Coded Def 240
number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the DSP.
Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. Def value 60 Coded Def 60
Logical name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH Max value 6 Coded Max 6
Internal comment 1) The maximum value of MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH (i.e. 6) is hard coded in PTU SW of the MFS. Def value 5 Coded Def 5
Logical name MCC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).
PLMNs.
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, Def value 999 Coded Def 999
2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the own PLMN set.
Recommended rules -- External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value
indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name MCC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
- MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS)
Logical name MCS_AVG_PERIOD HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period Tegprs after which a weight of 0.9 is applied to the current UL or DL meanBEP samples in Cell Type No
the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit sec
Logical name MIN_PDCH HMI name MIN_PDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Max value 127 Coded Max 127
MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;

MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
the maximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell,
in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface.
Logical name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded Min 10
Logical name MNC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).
PLMNs.
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, Def value 999 Coded Def 999
2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.
MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z =
0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
Logical name MNC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
- MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS)
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters. Def value 30 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are External comment --
used to determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period
= MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period:
30 / 6 = 5s.
Logical name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI HMI name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

ST _LIST Cell Type No
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS
server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition
assistance, real-time integrity. Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is Min value 0 Coded Min 0
retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit
3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1:
Almanac is retrieived.
Logical name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDC HMI name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ B7.2 Yes B8
Yes TRX nb No
H PDCH Cell Type No
Definition Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after
acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Recommended rules -- External comment The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new
resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. Def value 43 Coded Def 0
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance adj
domain
19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell Def value 43 Coded Def 0
Logical name MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Internal comment
The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in Def value 0 Coded Def 0
SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release
99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to
the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIO HMI name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P B7.2 No B8

Yes TRX nb No
D ERIOD Cell Type No
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT Cell Type No
REPORT by the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded Min 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS Cell Type No
uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power
control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Max value 15 Coded Max 15
Internal comment
The Default value «6» has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report Def value 6 Coded Def 6
UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
Logical name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user Cell Type No
application is determined. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbyte
Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the
bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one
direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes
transferred in both directions; the direction in which more bytes
have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer.
The resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best
possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the
available resources.
The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going
application is never assessed and therefore the application is
always deemed downlink biased, except in case the MS context
is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is
uplink).
Logical name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF deemed sub-optimal before the Cell Type No
corresponding MS becomes candidate for resource reallocation (sub-optimal = less PDCHs than Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
the multislot class supports)
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the
resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC
PDUs or very short transfers. On the other hand, it shall not
delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic.
When the parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF deemed
sub-optimal in the direction of the bias shall become candidate
for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established.
Logical name N_Max_Periodic_Realloc HMI name N_Max_Periodic_Realloc B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the number of radio resource reallocations which can be performed in each list: L5 (T3 UL Cell Type No
bias), L6 (T3 DL bias) and L7 (T4) at each T_Candidate_TBF_Realloc expiry (i.e. 3 x Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
N_Max_Periodic_Realloc maximum attempts).
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules Value "0" is forbidden. The value "-1" means that there is no limit on the number of radio resource Min value -1 Coded Min -1
reallocation attempts performed between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries. This
means that as soon as a Mobile Station becomes candidate for resource reallocation at a later
stage (i.e. for triggers T3 and T4), the MFS attempts resource reallocation immediately.
Internal comment This parameter, together with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to: Def value 5 Coded Def 5
- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for
packet services (the higher the parameter, the more candidate MSs the BSS will attempt to
reallocate between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries),
- and to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are
candidate for resource reallocation at a later stage (the lower the parameter, the lower the CPU
Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name N_SIG_REPEAT HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of Cell Type No
Packet Uplink Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
These repetitions are handled by the MAC layer.
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot downlink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be Cell Type No
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet DL Ack/Nack or an EGPRS Packet DL Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Ack/Nack reports the failure of progress of the RLC window. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which
shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Instance MFS
domain
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be Cell Type No
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to
the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Instance MFS
domain
Logical name N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 HMI name N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter gives the number of TBFs which have to be supported, at least on one PDCH of Cell Type No
each TRX which supports Max_MCS = MCS3, before taking into account TRXs which support Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Max_MCS = MCS2.
Similarly, when there are less than N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 TBFs on all the PDCHs of a TRX Instance MFS
which supports MCS3, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS2 are not considered to
serve incoming EGPRS TBFs.
When one of the following parameters Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH and Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH is lower
than N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2, then N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 is replaced by the
parameter which has the lowest value.
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment Example: in a cell with MAX_EGPRS_MCS= MCS9 and three EGPRS capable TRXs, TRX1 being Def value 1 Coded Def 1
associated to a pool type 5, TRX2 being associated to a pool type 2 and TRX3 being associated to
a pool type 1, the first EGPRS TBFs will be served only considering TRX1 until there is one (or
more) PDCH(s) on TRX1 having 3 EGPRS TBFs (because N_TBF_PDCH_MCS9_MCS5 = 3); then
subsequent EGPRS TBFs will be served considering TRX2 until there is one (or more) PDCH(s)
on TRX2 having 2 EGPRS TBFs (because N_TBF_PDCH_MCS5_MCS2 = 2); then subsequent
EGPRS TBFs will be served considering all three EGPRS capable TRXs.
Recommended rules -- External comment N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 = Max_PDCH_throughput_MCS3
DIV Max_PDCH_throughput_MCS2, where
Max_PDCH_throughput_MCSx is the maximum theoretical
throughput that can be achieved at RLC/MAC level per PDCH
using MCSx encoding.
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS5.
which supports MCS6, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS5 (or below) are not
considered to serve incoming EGPRS TBFs.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS5.
domain
Internal comment Example: in a cell with N_EGPRS_MCS= MCS9 and three EGPRS capable TRXs, TRX1 being Def value 2 Coded Def 2
Max_MCS = MCS6.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS5.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS6.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS2.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS5.
domain
Max_MCS = MCS6.
which supports MCS9, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS6 (or below)are not
domain
Max_MCS = MCS8.
domain
Logical name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH HMI name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition 1) In case of GPRS TBF establishment, this parameter defines the number of TBFs (GPRS + Cell Type No
EGPRS) that can be established on one slave PDCH, before requesting a new PDCH to the BSC. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
2) In case of EGPRS TBF establishment, this parameter defines the number of EGPRS TBFs that Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH Max value 5 Coded Max 5
Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Recommended rules When GPRS traffic is carried through Abis/Ater satellite links, the External comment --
repetition of (Packet) Channel Request messages is faster than
the network response. Then, it is likely to have double and even
triple PDCH allocation for one single TBF if there is no PDCH
established to serve the MS request. In order to avoid requesting
too many PDCHs and GCHs to the BSC (which would not be used)
N_TBF_PER_SPDCH can be increased to optimise the target
number of TBFs to be multiplexed on one PDCH.
Logical name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is Cell Type No
incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms External comment For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS
Logical name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received erroneous UL RLC blocks above which the uplink TBF is released by the Cell Type No
BSS Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
The counter N_UL_ERRORS is incremented each time the RLC layer receives an erroneous UL Def value 4 Coded Def 4
RLC block (for instance when an UL RLC block is received with a wrong UL TFI).
Logical name N200_GSL (MFS) HMI name N200_GSL (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Logical name N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535
Logical name N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the Cell Type No
UL TBF) when the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS onits Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
allocated PDCH.
The counter N3101 can be incremented only one time for each block period. Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally Cell Type No
the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an External comment --
UL TBF
Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to
establish a DL TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF
establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which
acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be
released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF,
in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet
UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP
+ 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the
Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement:
RRBP + 3 is used
N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1
N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1
Example:
With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit =
1
Definition For a mono-slot DL GPRS TBF alone on its PDCH, if the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis Cell Type No
terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost
(from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. For a multi-slot Instance MFS
GPRS TBF or a GPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the
instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
Recommended rules -- External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive
packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
release. N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL
TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling
frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, MS multislot class
and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Logical name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a mono-slot DL GPRS TBF alone on its PDCH, if the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis Cell Type No
satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost (from the
MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. For a multi-slot GPRS TBF or Instance MFS
a GPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth
allocated to the TBF.
domain
Internal comment
Recommended rules -- External comment If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of
consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation
but TBF release. N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order
not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.
The polling frequency depends on
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, MS multislot class and on the
number of TBFs per PDCH.
Logical name N391 HMI name N391 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, Cell Type No
§A.7). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
Rec reference ITU Q.933 Annex Application GPRS Category Network (CDE)
A, §A.7 domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec reference ITU Q.933, Annex Application GPRS Category Network (CDE)
A domain
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time External comment --
Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
A domain
Logical name NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS HMI name NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of all extra Abis (64k) timeslots of all the pools defined on the 2 possible sectors on Cell Type No
which the cell is mapped. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0 : no extra Abis (64k) timeslot, 1: one extra Abis (64k) timeslot, …, 96: 96 extra Abis (64k) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
timeslots
Internal comment 1) This information is computed by the OMC-R over all the transmission pools defined in the cell. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
It corresponds to the sum of the number of extra Abis (64k) timeslots associated to a given
transmission pool without including the main Abis nibbles (the ones which may carry the CS calls)
across all the transmission pools defined in the cell.
2) This parameter is used in the mapping procedure of the cells over the GPUs.
3) Only even values of this parameter are possible.
4) The maximum is reached when the cell is mapped on two sectors, with 6 TRX per sector.
Assuming that all the TRXs of the cell are associated to Transmission Pools of Type 5, each TRX
needs up to 8 extra Abis (64k) timeslots. Therefore the maximum number of extra Abis (64k)
timeslots per cell is 6 x 2 x 8 = 96.
Logical name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line. NE Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_G HMI name NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS B7.2 Yes B8
Yes TRX nb No
PU PER GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
Instance GPU
domain
Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU Def value 124 Coded Def 124
Logical name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Logical name NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANNE HMI name NB MAX PVC PER BEARER B7.2 Yes B8
Yes TRX nb No
L CHANNEL Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
Instance BC
domain
Logical name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters. Def value 6 Coded Def 6
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are External comment --
used to determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period
= MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period:
30 / 6 = 5s.
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= Max value 4 Coded Max 4
NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS
must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
MAX_PDCH:
Internal comment 1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping purpose by MFS; Def value 0 Coded Def 0
2) The signification of coded value is as follows:

0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell;
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
Recommended rules -- External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and
Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater
through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the
following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite

to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on
acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case
of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to
transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments
m
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a Cell Type No
better neighbour cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules 0: «-110 dBm (Never)», 1:» -109 dBm», ...,63: «-47 dBm (Always)» (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment 1) The specific value of «-110 dBm (Never)» deactivates the NC
triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is cell reselections Cause PT2.
recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. 2) The specific value of «-47 dBm (Always)» systematically
set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to ‘-110 dBm (Never)’. The aim of allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2
this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS
redirection.
when no MPDCH is established.

Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non
negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not
recommended.
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the Cell Type No
downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules 0: «-110 dBm (Never)», 1:» -109 dBm», ...,63: «-47 dBm» (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment The specific value of «-110 dBm (Never)» deactivates the NC cell
triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is reselection Cause PT1.
recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set
Logical name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in Cell Type No
downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: «0», «0.1», «0.2», …, «6.9», «7 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
(Never)».
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment The specific value of «7 (Never)» deactivates the NC cell
recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e.
set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS
Logical name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules 000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44; 111: 1,92 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for External comment --
MFS to react to a Packet Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell
Change Failure message.
Logical name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells Cell Type No
during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : Min value 0.48 Coded Min 0
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
Recommended rules In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet External comment --
Measurement Report messages reported by MS in packet idle
mode, it is recommended that the NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is
higher that the GMM Ready timer.
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. Def value 0.96 Coded Def 1
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. Def value 0.96 Coded Def 1
Logical name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, …, 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) Min value -127 Coded Min 0
(step size = 1 dB)
Internal comment The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC-R in the «Existent Adjacencies» table is: Def value 128 Coded Def 255
«NcHyst».
Recommended rules -- External comment 1) The specific value of «128 dB (Never)» deactivates the NC cell
reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
2) The specific value of «-127 dB» (Always)» systematically
triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell
Logical name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACT B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet OR Cell Type
No
Measurement Report messages.
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
The default value is recommended for NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been Def value 0.13 Coded Def 130
obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is twice lower than the forgetting factor after an
averaging period of 5 * NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is determined as
follows: NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 – (1/2)ˆ5
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells.
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the Cell Type No
averaging filter. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit ms
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell.
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size: 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal Def value 1 Coded Def 10
that an NC cell reselection alarm has been raised or has disappeared.
Logical name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in Cell Type No
uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: «0», «0.1», «0.2», …, «6.9», «7 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
(Never)»
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically External comment The specific value of «7 (Never)» deactivates the NC cell
recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e.
set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS
Logical name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order Cell Type No
message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is Min value 0 Coded Min 0
sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer.
1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order
message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode.
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered External comment --
systematically (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Disable’),
the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the
following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of
the PBCCH:
- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be

set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the
expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32
parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in
cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically
triggered.
- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32

parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to
prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where
outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least
Logical name NCC (MFS) HMI name NCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Logical name NCC(n) HMI name NCC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to
adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
Logical name NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Indicator Cell Type
No
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports Min value 0 Coded Min 0
packet measurements to the BSS.
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports
packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported in B8)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
(depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the
concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
Mandatory rules The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, and 3 to the operator. Max value 4 Coded Max 4
Recommended rules -- External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to «NC2 mode of
operation for R99 onwards MS» or «NC2 mode of operation for all
MS», the 3G search is systematically deactivated when
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports
packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported in B8)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
(depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the
concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
Mandatory rules The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, and 3 to the operator. Max value 4 Coded Max 4
Logical name network_operation_mode (MFS) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Network operation mode III
Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must Max value 3 Coded Max 3
have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).

Internal comment Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation Def value 2 Coded Def 2
mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Recommended rules -- External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and
restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Logical name NIR HMI name Normal Information Rate B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Normal Information Rate. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s
Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984
Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used External comment --
Logical name NS_ALIVE_RETRIES HMI name NsAliveRetries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to test. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name NS_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsBlockRetries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name NS_Priority HMI name NS Priority B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing. Cell Type No
Instance NSVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name NS_RESET_RETRIES HMI name NsResetRetries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to reset. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsUnblockRetries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name NSEI HMI name NSEI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NSE Identifier. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None
Logical name NSEMAX HMI name NSE MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of NSE per GPU. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name NSVCI HMI name NSVC Identifier B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NSVC identifier. Cell Type No
Instance NSVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None
Logical name NSVCMAX HMI name NSVC MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of NSVC per GPU. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIOD HMI name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE B7.2 Yes B8

Yes TRX nb No
RIOD Cell Type No
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before Cell Type No
MS timer T3182. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Internal comment
re-selection.
Logical name PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7
Internal comment
re-selection
Logical name PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Min value 4 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Max value 32 Coded Max 7
Internal comment
When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell Def value 32 Coded Def 7
re-selection
Logical name Pb HMI name Pb B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on Cell Type No
BCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on Cell Type No
the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements Min value 0 Coded Min 0
for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells External comment --
Logical name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to Cell Type No
the TBF throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Internal comment
The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global Def value 25 Coded Def 25
flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Logical name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according R Cell Type
No
to the TBF throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Internal comment
Logical name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Anticipation number of RLC data blocks considering a throughput of one PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Internal comment
Logical name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules Should be set to «ordering disabled», when the MFS interfaces with External comment --
an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime
value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same
LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to
«ordering enabled».
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value.
Mandatory rules PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Max value 620 Coded Max 31
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
Mandatory rules Max value 620 Coded Max 31
Internal comment Def value 20 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules External comment
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1:
persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4
. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is Def value 0 Coded Def 0
forbidden.
Needed for MPDCH feature
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is Def value 0 Coded Def 0
forbidden.
Instance cell
domain
forbidden.
Instance cell
domain
forbidden.
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded Min 0
4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3
Recommended rules -- External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of
a given cell can be selected among one of the following values:

bands",
set to GSM850-DCS1800,
Logical name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
Internal comment GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one threshold is needed (no hysteresis) Def value 95 Coded Def 95
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control Cell Type No
algorithm, when the PMU is in «CPU overload» state. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment
The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal Def value 2 Coded Def 2
behaviour.
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control Cell Type No
algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU normal load state. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Internal comment
The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal Def value 1 Coded Def 1
behaviour.
Logical name PMU_CPU_sampling_period HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control algorithm. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit sec
Internal comment This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but was not declared in the BTP. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Logical name PRACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded Min 0
0: -110 dBm
1: -106 dBm
2: -102 dBm
3: -98 dBm
4: -94 dBm
5: -90 dBm
6: -86 dBm
7: -82 dBm
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: -50 dBm
Recommended rules -- External comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH
algorithm.
Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Conventional GPS.
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different External comment --
priorities

Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Conventional GPS.
priorities.
Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Conventional GPS.
priorities.
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
(MFS) Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet
access. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for Min value 0 Coded Min 0
priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is
allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Max value 6 Coded Max 6
Recommended rules -- External comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the
Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
Logical name PTM_BVCI HMI name PTM BVCI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PTM BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name PTP_BVCI HMI name BVCI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PTP BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None
Internal comment The value is set by the MFS. Def value # Coded Def
Logical name PVC_Level1_down HMI name Level 1 down B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit %
Logical name PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit ms
Coding rules step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms Min value 50 Coded Min 5
Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * External comment --
(CBS+EBS) for a PVC
Logical name PVC_Level1_up HMI name Level 1 up B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit %
Logical name PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH Cell Type No
frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH Min value 0 Coded Min 0
frequency shall not be included
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name Qsearch(MFS) HMI name Qsearch B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving Cell Type No
cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(BSC) Max value -50 Coded Max 15
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding Def value -50 Coded Def 15
text «always search for 3G neighbour cells» (resp. «never search for 3G neighbour cells»).
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received
always search for 3G neighbour cells. signal level is below (-98 dBm to «always search for 3G neighbour
cells») or above (-78 dBm to «never search for 3G neighbour
cells») the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is
a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I
when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast
on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
Logical name RA_CODE (MFS) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) Min value -1 Coded Min -1
other values: external or unknown cell
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) Max value 255 Coded Max 255
Internal comment The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network Def value 0 Coded Def 0
provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
Logical name RA_CODE(n) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
domain
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); Min value -1 Coded Min -1
other values: external or unknown cell.
The special value of «-1» means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network
provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
Internal comment This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the serving cell. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) External comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been
the RAC and LAC of the target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell
of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the is different from the routing area of the target cell.
serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined
between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is
recommended to set the RA_CODE to ‘-1’. Otherwise, the MFS
considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the
same routing area when setting the
SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET
Logical name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which Cell Type No
applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Cell Type No
filtering. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Max value 64 Coded Max 64
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL
REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with
Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are
discarded.
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Max value 64 Coded Max 15
Logical name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY HMI name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines whether random access retry to another cell is allowed. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name RATE_RED HMI name rateRed B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory Cell Type No
occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit %
Logical name Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) External comment --
Logical name round_trip_delay HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size=10 ms Min value 80 Coded Min 8
Internal comment
ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of Def value 160 Coded Def 16
L2GCH
sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The
round trip delay shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level.
Recommended rules -- External comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers.
The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater
satellite links as follows:
- If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider
that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
links,
- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS
consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite
links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the
round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) +
Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms.
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Instance adj
domain
Logical name S HMI name S B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, Min value 12 Coded Min 0
0001, 0010,... ,1001
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. Def value 30 Coded Def 3
Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial External comment --
links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two
successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900
ms.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite

links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two
successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than
1400 ms.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2

successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value
drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform
distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time
in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is
determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the
BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the
Logical name S_BECN HMI name S_BECN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS Cell Type No
server. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a
byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10
Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 1 and can not set as IP address of Def value 16843018 Coded Def 16843018
the external router in sub-network 1: 1.1.1.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 20
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS Cell Type No
server. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min 0
RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a
byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 2.2.2.10
Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 2 and can not set as IP address of Def value 33686026 Coded Def 33686026
the external router in sub-network 2: 2.2.2.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 200
Logical name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADDR HMI name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ B7.2 No B8

Yes TRX nb No
ESS ADDRESS Cell Type No
Definition Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server.
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min
*: default: value corresponding to IP address 10.1.1.1
Mandatory rules -- Max value 2^32-1 Coded Max
Internal comment The local IP address of the server must not belong to the addresses used within MFS Def value * Coded Def
sub-networks 1 and 2, i.e. it must be different from 1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.
Logical name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT HMI name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This Cell Type No
timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded Min 4
Logical name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERV B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This AL Cell Type
No
timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received.
Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions Instance MFS
specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered.
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded Min 4
Logical name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This Cell Type No
parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before
aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Instance MFS
domain
Logical name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name SGSNR HMI name SGSNR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
Rec reference GSM 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain
Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name SIG_BVCI HMI name SIG BVCI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning Cell Type No
of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH Def value 1.2 Coded Def 12
As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules.
Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting
the default values:
1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60
2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for
UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL TBF)
3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for
UL one-phase access on PCCCH)
4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF
establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode)
5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on
concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment).
The following parameters are used in the above formulae:
- T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected on PACCH (~200 msec)
- T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 msec)
- T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200
msec)
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment --
links:
- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and
Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS.
- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through
Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network Cell Type No
sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25
links:
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried
through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried
either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS.
Logical name T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Max value 25 Coded Max 25
Logical name T_AVG_W (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_W B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Max value 25 Coded Max 25
Logical name T_BA_CHANGE HMI name T_BA_CHANGE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH Cell Type No
allocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Logical name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for Cell Type No
candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter, together with the parameter
N_Max_Periodic_Realloc, is used to control the extra CPU load
generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are
candidate for periodic resource reallocation, and to control the
reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the
resources available for packet services.
Logical name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with Cell Type No
different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules Step size : 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of
LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0
will lead to possible de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the
SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows
operating in different RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It
should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above
RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is however
recommended in order to minimise the risks.
Logical name T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts. Def value 10 Coded Def 10
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode. Cell Type No
When NC2 is activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules step size = 20msec Min value 60 Coded Min 3
Internal comment The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL. Def value 200 Coded Def 10
Recommended rules -- External comment It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile
Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode.
Its value shall ensure that the Mobile Station is granted
PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of
an uplink TBF, without loading too much the uplink PDCH.
Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained
in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands)
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITI B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy AL Cell Type
No
UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data.
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Internal comment
The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= Def value 60 Coded Def 3
T_MIN_POLL.
Recommended rules -- External comment Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling
request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS
may not have the time in 60 msec to get the response from the
upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request
description for requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the
DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will
have an opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF
establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because
that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is
introduced for the first polling request.
Logical name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This timer defines the period of sending 'Dummy UI commands' in the delayed DL TBF release Cell Type No
state, when there is an on-going UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1s Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5
Logical name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Cell Type No
Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
Coded value ‘0’ is used in the MFS during the migration phase until completion of BSS radio Def value 400 Coded Def 4
re-synchronisation step. The feature «delayed final Packet UL Ack/Nack» is therefore inhibited
during this period; this behaviour is acceptable considering that it only leads to a degradation of
QoS during this period.
Recommended rules -- External comment The feature «delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack»
can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the
timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its
response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while
remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of
further uplink PDUs by the MS.
Logical name T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing Cell Type No
a downlink TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size : 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 4.7 Coded Max 47
BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch

(ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
2/1200/1600
3/1200/1600
4/1200/1600
5/1400/2000
6/1600/2200
7/2000/2600
8/2200/2800
9/2400/3000
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14
the MFS as follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so

that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e.
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA =
T_GPRS_assign_pch.
The T_GPRS_assign_PCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No
Sub-syste MFS RMS template Yes
Instance cell
domain
Logical name T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer Cell Type No
(DSP). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit ms
Coding rules step size: 5ms Min value 25 Coded Min 5
Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers. Def value 50 Coded Def 10
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 Def value 0 Coded Def 0
secondes, with step size 1 second"
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and Cell Type No
EGPRS Mobile Stations. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment
If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th Def value 10 Coded Def 10
are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. According to a T_Mobile Requirement, the range of Th is 5 -
250 seconds with a step size of 1s.
Recommended rules -- External comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to «0», then the MS flow control
mechanism is inhibited;
2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C<
T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the
3GPP TS 08.18.
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (MFS) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment
The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) Def value 1 Coded Def 10
before being downloaded to a GPU.
Recommended rules -- External comment The actual default value depends on the maximum number of
GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1
second x MAX_GPU_PER_BSC.
Logical name T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Repeat timer for initial allocation command message when the cell is initialised. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange Cell Type No
with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name T_LCS_Low_Delay HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange Cell Type No
with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. Cell Type No
initialisation procedure). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name T_MIN_POLL HMI name T_MIN_POLL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Internal comment
The instance of the parameter has been changed from MFS to DSP to simplify the Def value 60 Coded Def 3
implementation: however the parameter shall have the same value for all DSP of an MFS.
Logical name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENC HMI name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIS B7.2 No B8
Yes TRX nb No
E TENCE Cell Type No
Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL.
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
All DL PDU’s received for that MS while the timer is running are rerouted to the new cell if it is Def value 1000 Coded Def 10
known. It also avoids trying to reestablish a DL TBF for a MS that has just moved to a neighbour
cell if data still arrive after the FLUSH.
Logical name T_MS_Context_Lifetime HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a Mobile Cell Type No
Station in Packet Idle Mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules 0: the MS context is not maintained; Min value 0 Coded Min 0
1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds
Internal comment The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, T_MS_Context_Lifetime) Def value 120 Coded Def 120
Logical name T_NC_PING_PONG HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name T_NC_REJ_CELL HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell Cell Type No
reselection failure on that cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment -
Logical name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack Def value 1 Coded Def 10
message of the DL TBF. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT3 cannot be
triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered.
In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt of the first correctly decoded UL data
block. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT4 cannot be triggered. At the expiry
of the timer, Cause PT4 can be triggered.
Logical name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Internal comment This parameter can also be used for the extended UL TBF mode feature in a future release. Def value 1600 Coded Def 16
Recommended rules -- External comment 1) The response time corresponds to T1 – T2 where T2
corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN
and T1 the time at which the response is received on the MFS
side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing
an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It
can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first
LLC PDU starting the page download.
2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL

TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN
serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place,
then the maximum server response time should be entered.
However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF
releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are
used up.
3) At the migration from B7 to B8, 900 ms is added to the timer

T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME to restore the B7 BSS behavior.
The added value of 900 ms at the migration is computed
assuming that (E)GPRS traffic is carried through terrestrial links.
For satellite links, it is necessary to increase the
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME timer by 1900 ms to restore B7
behavior after the migration.
Logical name T_One_Block HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, Cell Type No
but one uplink block on it has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
links:
- T_one_block = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and
Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_one_block = 2 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS Def value 3 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) External comment --
Logical name T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS Def value 3 Coded Def 30
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) External comment --
Logical name T_PAGING_REORG HMI name T_PAGING_REORG B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Duration of the paging reorganization procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one slave PDCH of a cell (except the last PDCH with an Cell Type No
allocated transmission resource for which T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last is used), when it does not Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
support (E)GPRS traffic.
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment 1) this timer is not used for PDCHs supporting a PBCCH/PCCCH since those PDCHs are Def value 3 Coded Def 3
statically established according to NB_TS_MPDCH.
2) Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs being inactive but established for one cell
and some Ater resources are needed in another cell which has free radio timeslots. High values
have no added-value thanks to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature, which
establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in
parallel to the BSC. However, a sufficiently high value is needed to ensure that PDCHs are kept
after establishment long enough for the DL TBF to be allocated / reallocated on them (allocation
happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs
requested at UL TBF establishment time; reallocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches
the MFS before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that case, the DL TBF is established
immediately with a sub-optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3 and can benefit
from the PDCHs when they are established). Higher values may only be useful in case there is a
lot of network initiated packet transfers, although great care should be brought to the Ater
congestion.
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last External comment A low value is recommended to avoid Ater resource blocking.
However, given that a timer value of n sec means in fact that
PDCHs are kept inactive between (n-1) and n sec, a value of 1
sec is not recommended.
The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer comes to make a

trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom
performance:
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the higher is the
GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the lower is the
average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially
if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last slave PDCH of a cell which has a transmission Cell Type No
resource, when it does not support (E)GPRS traffic anymore. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Coding rules step size =1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last External comment 1) this timer will never be used for PDCHs supporting a
PBCCH/PCCCH.
2) In a cell where one slave PDCH is not statically established

for (E)GPRS traffic usage (EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS
= 0), the default value allows having shorter MS access times in
case of question/answer-like applications (e.g. WAP, WEB). In a
cell where one slave PDCH is statically established for (E)GPRS
traffic usage (EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = 1), this
timer is not used by the BSS.
The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer comes to make

a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom
performance:
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the higher is
the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the lower is
the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH,
especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.
This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS
reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the
MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
Logical name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION HMI name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at its expiry, a fast pre-emption is Cell Type No
undertaken). Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qho External comment The parameter is tuned according to the parameters
T_PDCH_Preemption < T11 HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS.
"T_PDCH_PREEMPTION <= TCH_INFO_PERIOD * If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs the
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS". PACCH of which is impacted by soft pre-emption will be
This recommended rule aims at making the pre-emption procedure attempted to be reallocated on other PDCHs, unless
faster enough not to block CS calls. T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0. In the latter case, no resource
reallocation will be attempted and the required number of PDCHs
Logical name T_PSI_PACCH HMI name T_PSI_PACCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, … 111100 == Min value 0 Coded Min 0
T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec
Logical name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting D Cell Type
No
request.
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the request or the response on the Ethernet Def value 500 Coded Def 10
bus or loss of the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must be chosen large enough to cover a Round trip time
to the SGSN on Gb.
Logical name T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to Cell Type No
reselect the previous cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 Min value 5 Coded Min 0
sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. Def value 5 Coded Def 0
MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
Logical name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case Cell Type No
of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Max value 300 Coded Max 300
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay
Logical name T_RRLP_Low_Delay HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case Cell Type No
of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay Max value 120 Coded Max 1200
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay
Logical name T_SAGI_GUARD HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1.
Logical name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION HMI name T stop frame relay emission B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). Cell Type No
Instance PVC
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Timer Unit ms
Logical name T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is Cell Type No
started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS. Cell Type No
Triggering condition:
End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received), Instance MFS
End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not
received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged
mode),
Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
Reseting condition:
Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block.
Action on expiry;
domain
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 1.5 Coded Min 15
Internal comment
The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters Def value 3 Coded Def 30
N3105 as followed:
T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
Logical name T_ul_access_max HMI name T_ul_access_max B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo Def value 1400 Coded Def 28
Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended: External comment --
i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a
radio allocation requested towards the BSC.
ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve
unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set
T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms – Round_Trip_Delay, where
the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive
packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of
T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and
TX_INTEGER.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on

- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through
- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through
Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at Cell Type No
establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
allocating one uplink block.
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Mandatory rules The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below: Max value 2.5 Coded Max 25
AG_PREMPT_TCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch

(ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms /
Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed
m

Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/ Def value 0.8
Coded Def 8
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/ the MFS as follows:
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Packet Control Ack messages.
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so

that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e.
T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA =
T_GPRS_assign_agch.
The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the

AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In
addition, in an OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the
OMC computation.
Edition : 13 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA
Page 619
More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo
MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.
Logical name T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one Cell Type No
uplink radio block allocated to the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Internal comment
Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. Def value 0.4 Coded Def 4
The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.
links:
- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through
Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,
- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either
through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Logical name T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion Cell Type No
process. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
Logical name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and Cell Type No
the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment on CCCH Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules step size = 50ms. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the
Immediate assignment message on CCCH.
Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH, Def value 0 Coded Def 0
Too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
Logical name T_WAIT_FLUSH HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message in the NC cell reselection management Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1
Internal comment
The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in Def value 5 Coded Def 9
time the MS switchs in a new cell.
Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell External comment --
reselection duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the
old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message.
Logical name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment -
Logical name T200_GSL (MFS) HMI name T200_GSL (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1
Logical name T203_GSL (MFS) HMI name T203_GSL (MFS) B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC) Max value 10 Coded Max 10
Logical name T3166n HMI name T3166n B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack for resolution contention. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Cell Type No
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF
establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Instance cell
domain
001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 7
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: Def value 1 Coded Def 1
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS
for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to
the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this
parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value
of about 200 msec should be considered.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS
links, before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile
Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release
of the Alcatel BSS.
Definition Timer used in the procedure «UL TBF abnormal release» : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio Cell Type No
link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Definition Timer used in the procedure «UL TBF abnormal release» : when the UL TBF is cut due to Cell Type No
continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Definition Timer used in the procedure «DL TBF abnormal release» : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio Cell Type No
link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Definition Timer used in the procedure «DL TBF abnormal release» : the timer is used on the network side to Cell Type No
define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
be reused.
Instance MFS
domain
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
Internal comment Broadcast in PSI Def value 500 Coded Def 0
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are
not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending 0 1 1: 0 msec
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite 1 0 0: 80 msec
links: 1 0 1: 120 msec
- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial 1 1 0: 160 msec
links in the serving cell: 1 1 1: 200 msec
- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links in the serving cell:
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update Cell Type No
procedures. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH Def value 30 Coded Def 30
Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, §A.7). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
A domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time External comment --
Logical name TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a monoslot TBF alone on its PDCH, threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet Cell Type No
Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink acknowledged or Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only in downlink). For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which
shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF. Instance BSS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater
terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then
the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link
adaptation but TBF release.
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater
satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE <
TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK
will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Logical name TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1. Def value 20 Coded Def 20
Logical name TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL Cell Type No
RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x
n_allocated Instance BSS
domain
Logical name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a Cell Type No
number of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a Cell Type No
number of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value Cell Type No
of the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is Cell Type No
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Internal comment The value of this parameter depends on the hardware capability of the TRX and the TRX Def value 3 Coded Def 2
transmission pool type which is associated to the TRX.
Logical name TBF_MCS_DL HMI name TBF_MCS_DL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a monoslot TBF alone on its PDCH, threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS Cell Type No
Packet Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
acknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to MCS1 (only in downlink). For a multi-slot TBF
or a TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth Instance BSS
domain
Recommended rules -- External comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and
Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT <
TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL
ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater
satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE <
TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL
ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Logical name TBF_MCS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Number of radio blocks after which the MCS adaptation decision may be made, in EGPRS. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name TBF_MCS_UL HMI name TBF_MCS_UL B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL Cell Type No
RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x
n_allocated_timeslots. Instance BSS
domain
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of Cell Type No
the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled Cell Type No
or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded Min 0
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
Internal comment The value of this parameter depends on the hardware capability of the TRX and the TRX Def value 3 Coded Def 2
transmission pool type which is associated to the TRX.
Recommended rules -- External comment In this release Alcatel BSS does not support MCS-5, MCS-6,
MCS-7, MCS-8 and MCS-9 in the uplink direction.
Logical name Tcorr HMI name T_GCH_CORR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
links:
- Tcorr = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
- Tcorr = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
Logical name Tdsl HMI name T_GCH_dsl B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
Mandatory rules Tdsl < Tfreeze Max value 900 Coded Max 9
Tdsl < Trelease
Recommended rules -- External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH
channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
Logical name Testab HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size= 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite channels. Former HMI name Testab.
links:
- Testab = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
- Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Logical name Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1
Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl Max value 1200 Coded Max 12
channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
Logical name THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink Cell Type No
RLC PDU are not more sent by RRM to RLC. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000
THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Logical name THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink Cell Type No
RLC PDU sending from RRM to RLC becomes possible after having previously encountered a Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
DSP congestion.
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Recommended rules -- External comment THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW >
THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF
> THRES_N_TBF_ON
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_XOFF and G_MAX congestion Cell Type No
states. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Internal comment Def value 95.9 Coded Def 959
Thres_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation.
A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the
configuration.
Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be
tuned.
The default value is the initial one.
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion Cell Type No
states. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_OFF HMI name THRES_N_TBF_OFF B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_ON HMI name THRES_N_TBF_ON B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes Cell Type No
possible after previously encountered TBF congestion. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance GPU
domain
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name Tns_alive HMI name TnsAlive B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out to trigger the test procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Logical name Tns_block HMI name TnsBlock B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name Tns_reset HMI name TnsReset B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out for reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name Tns_test HMI name TnsTest B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Logical name Trelease HMI name T_GCH_release B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Mandatory rules Trelease > Tdsl Max value 1200 Coded Max 12
whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
links:
- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and
- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR HMI name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the number of PDCH groups of the same cell that are tried to be mapped on the same Cell Type No
DSP, before a new DSP may be selected for the cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Internal comment
This parameter is used to try to map preferably the PDCH groups of a same cell on the same Def value 6 Coded Def 6
DSP to make the radio resource reallocation between different TRX possible. High values make
the radio resource reallocation feature more efficient, but leads to a less balanced load between
the different DSPs on the GPU.
Logical name Tusl HMI name T_GCH_usl B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms Max value 900 Coded Max 9
channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in Cell Type No
acknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in Cell Type No
unacknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
domain
Logical name TX_INT HMI name TX_INT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to Min value 2 Coded Min 0
1111
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. Def value 8 Coded Def 6
Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding External comment --
spreading time is about 240 ms.
Logical name Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary Min value 3 Coded Min 0
coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) Max value 50 Coded Max 15
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH. Def value 32 Coded Def 14
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e.
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =
1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it

is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2

successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn
randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in
the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on
the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:


Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:


m
Logical name UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm. Cell Type No
MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance cell
Rec reference None - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) Application GPRS Category System (CST) =1
- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) domain
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) OMC-R access None (DLS)
Type Number Unit None
Mandatory rules --
Note: Max value 16 Coded Max 16
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH
Internal comment -- frames per 51-multiframe Def value 1 Coded Def 1
Recommended rules - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames -- External comment The max number of uplink TBFs assigned
per PDCH shall be
per 51-multiframe. such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS
measurements is respected (taking into account needed
bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).
Logical name USF_NE HMI name usfNe B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Logical name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations Cell Type No
due to changing bias. Sub-syste MFS RMS template No
Instance MFS
domain
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
Recommended rules -- External comment This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going
transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each
direction is actually a weighted average taking into account
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of
the previous assessment.
Logical name WI_PR HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT. Reject Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
OMC parameters
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Sub-syste OMC RMS template No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see Def value * Coded Def
BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
domain
Internal comment
In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see Def value * Coded Def
BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Logical name Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, Cell Type No
CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. Sub-syste OMC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Abstract Unit None
Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Min value * Coded Min
Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to «Extended inner» Max value * Coded Max
or «Extended outer».
A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Internal comment Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, Def value # Coded Def
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
Recommended rules -- External comment *: possible values are:
- Single
- Umbrella
- Umbrella Concentric
- Micro
- Mini
- Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on the HMI)
- Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI)
- Indoor
- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI)
- Extended Inner
- Extended Outer
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except Cell Type No
AMR. Sub-syste OMC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded Min 0
DTX for FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible Max value 2 Coded Max 2
(FR/HR):
may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and
shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded Min 0
DTX for AMR FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR Max value 2 Coded Max 2
are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR Min value 0 Coded Min 0
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible Max value 2 Coded Max 2
(FR/HR):
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
domain
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded Min 0
DTX for AMR HR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR Max value 2 Coded Max 2
are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Logical name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x Cell Type No
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Sub-syste OMC RMS template No
Instance cell
domain
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access OMC local display Type Timer Unit sec
Internal comment The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds Def value 120 Coded Def 120
Recommended rules -- External comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by
the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which
depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS
default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of
TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value),
TC parameters
Logical name T_release HMI name T_release B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode. Cell Type No
Sub-syste TC RMS template No
Instance TRAU
domain
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 20 msec Min value 1 Coded Min 50
Internal comment Coded in the software Def value 1.04 Coded Def 52
Default values for RMS
Template number
Logical name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
EN_BALANCED_CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 6
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 8 8
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 10 10
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 14
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 18 18
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 22 22
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 -12 -12 -12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -9 -9 -9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -6 -6 -6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 -3 -3 -3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 3 3 3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 6 6 6
templates MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] -60 -60 -60 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] -66 -66 -66 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] -72 -72 -72 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] -79 -79 -79 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -79
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] -85 -85 -85 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -85
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] -91 -91 -91 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -91 -91
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] -97 -97 -97 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -97 -97
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] -104 -104 -104 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -104 -104 -104
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -20
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
VQ_AVERAGE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
VQ_BAD_RXFER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_GOOD_RXFER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_RXLEV -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95
VQ_RXQUAL 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Parameter Name 1TRX 2TRX 3TRX 4TRX 5TRX 6TRX 7TRX 8TRX 9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX: 16TRX: Comments
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following
rule is
applied :
A_TRAFFI
C_LOAD x
N_TRAFF
IC_LOAD
= 24
BTS_Q_LENGTH 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Freelevel_1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10
Freelevel_2 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 21
Freelevel_3 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 37 40 44 47
Freelevel_4 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 56 61 67 74
Freelevel_DR(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
H_LOAD_OBJ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_ 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
GPRS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L_LOAD_OBJ 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
PRS
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Default parameter values according to the cell type
This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column.
The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product.
An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric
Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer cell Microcell indoor
Microcell
A_LEV_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
A_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2
A_PBGT_HO 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 12 12 6 6
A_QUAL_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
BS_P_CON_ACK 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2
BS_P_CON_INT 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #

(BSC)
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE macro (0) macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * micro (1)*
*
CELL_EV grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) order (0)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE single (0) * upper (1) * single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) * indoor (3) *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE normal (0) normal (0) * concentric (1) concentric (1) concentric concentric normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) concentric
* * * (1) * (1) * * * *
CELL_RANGE normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) extended extended normal (0) normal (0) *
* * * * * inner (2) * outer (1) * *
Microcell
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1)
EN_DIST_HO enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A disable (0)
EN_MCHO_H_DL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
* * * *
EN_MCHO_H_UL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
* * * *
EN_MCHO_NCELL disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)*
* * * * *
EN_MCHO_RESCUE disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
* * * *
EN_PBGT_FILTERING enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_RESCUE_UM N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1)
EN_RL_RECOV enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
EN_SPEED_DISC disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
* *
Freelevel_DR(n) See See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * See TRXnb See TRXnb
TRXnb
Microcell
H_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) disabled (1) enable (0) enable (0)
* *
HOmargin (0,n) 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB
L_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
L_RXLEV_DL_H -91 dBm -91 dBm -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -98 dBm -96 dBm -96 dBm
(19) (19) (14) (19) (14) (19) (14) (12) (14)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm -85 dBm -70 dBm -85 dBm N/A N/A -70 dBm -70 dBm
(25) (25) (40) (25) (40) (25) (40)
L_RXLEV_UL_H -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10)
L_RXLEV_UL_P -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm
(15) (15) (25) (15) (25) (15) (15) (15) (25)
L_TIME_ADVANCE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A
Loadfactor_2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 -2
Loadfactor_3 -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4 -4
Microcell
Loadfactor_4 -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -6 -6
Loadfactor_5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 0 0 -8 -8
MIN_CONNECT_TIME N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s 20 s 40 s N/A N/A 10 s 10 s
MS_P_CON_ACK 3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s 2s 2s
MS_P_CON_INT 1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s 0s 0s
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
N_BAD_SACCH N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A 4 4
N_BSTXPWR_M 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 13 13 13 15 15
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm -47 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -47 dBm
(63) (63)
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm
(22) (22) (22) (22) (22)
PENALTY_TIME(BSC) inhibited inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
(31) (31) (31) (31)
RXLEV_DL_IH -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
RXLEV_DL_ZONE N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm -71 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -71 dBm
(39) (39)
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
Microcell
RXLEV_UL_IH -75 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(35) (35) (45) (40) (45) (40) (35) (35) (45)
RXLEV_UL_ZONE N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm -78 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -78 dBm
(32) (32)
RXLEVmin(n) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -102 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (8) (10)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm N/A -91 dBm N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm -91 dBm
(19) (19) (19)
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm N/A -98 dBm N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm -98 dBm
(12) (12) (12)
U_RXLEV_UL_P -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm
(25) (25) (35) (25) (35) (25) (25) (25) (35)
U_TIME_ADVANCE 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km 35 km (63) 500 m (1) 500 m (1)
(62)
W_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 1 1
ZONE_TYPE N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
Alphabetic X-reference of
All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided.
Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.
A_LEV_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC A_LEV_PC BSC
A_PBGT_DR BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR BSC
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC A_QUAL_PC BSC
A_RANGE_HO BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC ABORT_FRAME BTS
AC_0 BSC AC_1 BSC AC_11 BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) BSC
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE MFS ACCESS_RATE_BC MFS ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM BSC
ADDR_MON BSC ADDR_TR BSC AG_FULL BTS
AG_PREMPT_PCH BSC ALLOC_ANYWAY BSC ALPHA (BSC) BSC
ALPHA (MFS) MFS AMR_FR_HYST BSC AMR_FR_SUBSET BSC
AMR_FR_THR_1 BSC AMR_FR_THR_2 BSC AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC
AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC AMR_HR_THR_1 BSC
AMR_HR_THR_2 table BSC AMR_HR_THR_3 BSC
AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC
AMR_START_MODE_HR BSC ARC_SIZE_FACTOR MFS Ater_Usage_Threshold MFS
ATT (BSC) BSC ATT (MFS) MFS AUT_BAR BSC
AUTO_DSC BSC B_NUM BSC BCC (BSC) BSC
BCC (MFS) MFS BCC (n) MFS BCCH_ARFCN(n) MFS
BCCH_CUT_TIMER BTS BCCH_EXT BSC BCCH_FREQUENCY BSC
BEP_PERIOD MFS BF_HI_RX BSC BF_HI_TX BSC
BF_LO_RX BSC BF_LO_TX BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BSC
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) MFS BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_CV_MAX (MFS) MFS
BS_P_CON_ACK BSC BS_P_CON_INT BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BSC
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) MFS BS_PAG_BLKS_RES MFS BS_PBCCH_BLKS MFS
BS_PRACH_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH MFS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC
BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC BSC_X25_primary_address OMC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address OMC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC

[10]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC
[11] [12] [13]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] BSC
[14] [15]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] BSC BSIC (GSM) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) BSC
BSS_LCS_Resume_handling MFS BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY BSC bssgp_T1 MFS
bssgp_T2 MFS bssgp_T3 MFS bssgp_T4 MFS
BTS_CIPH_CAP BSC BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BTS BTS_Q_LENGTH BSC
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS BVC_RESET_RETRIES MFS BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS
C31_HYST MFS C32_QUAL MFS Call_user_data_sel BSC
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC CBC_window BSC CBC_X25_primary_address BSC
CBC_X25_secondary_address BSC CBS MFS CCCH_CONF (BSC) BSC
CCCH_CONF (MFS) MFS CELL_BAR_ACCESS BSC CELL_BAR_QUALIFY BSC
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE BSC CELL_EV BSC CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE BSC CELL_RANGE BSC CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) MFS CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n) MFS
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND BSC Cell_Type OMC CGI_REQD BSC
CI (BSC) BSC CI (MFS) MFS CI(n) MFS
CIC BSC CIR MFS CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN MFS
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR MFS CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOP MFS COUNT_DECR BSC
_SLOPE E
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD BSC COUNT_INCR_1 BSC COUNT_INCR_2 BSC
CRC_ERR BTS CRC_MON BSC CRC_TR BSC
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT MFS CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST MFS CS_BLER_DL_3_4 MFS
CS_BLER_DL_4_3 MFS CS_HST_DL_LT MFS CS_HST_DL_ST MFS
CS_HST_UL_LT MFS CS_HST_UL_ST MFS CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_HST_DL MFS Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell MFS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS MFS DELTA_DEC_HO_margin BSC DELTA_INC_HO_margin BSC
DL_POLL_FACTOR MFS DLCI MFS DMA_OVERRUN BTS
DMA_UNDERRUN BTS DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR BSC
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_HR BSC DPC BSC
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) MFS DSP_CPU_Class_1 MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS MFS DSP_CPU_Class_2 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_3 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_4 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_5 MFS
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) BSC DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR_FR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH BSC DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR BSC DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER BSC
DWELL_TIME_STEP BSC E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS EBS MFS
EC BSC EC_BAR BSC ECSC BSC
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE BSC EDR_MSG_ORDER BSC EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED BSC
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL BSC EFR_ENABLED BSC EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor MFS
EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor MFS EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite MFS EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI BSC
ON(BSC)
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI MFS EN_AMR_CA BSC EN_AMR_FR BSC
ON(MFS)
EN_AMR_HR BSC EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING MFS EN_BALANCED_CI BSC
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO BSC EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) BSC EN_BS_PC BSC
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR BSC EN_CBL MFS EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC
EN_CONV_GPS MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS
EN_DATA_144 BSC EN_DIST_HO BSC EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING MFS
EN_DR BSC EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION BSC EN_EGPRS BSC
EN_EXT_DR BSC EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES MFS
S
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO BSC EN_FORCED_DR BSC EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF BSC
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO BSC EN_GPRS BSC EN_IC_HO BSC
EN_IM_ASS_REJ BSC EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH BSC EN_INTRA_DL BSC
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_UL BSC EN_INTRA_UL_AMR BSC
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED BSC EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE BSC EN_IR MFS
EN_LCS (BSC) BSC EN_LCS (MFS) MFS EN_LNK_M BSC
EN_LOAD_BALANCE BSC EN_LOAD_EGSM BSC EN_LOAD_MNGT BSC
EN_LOAD_ORDER BSC EN_LOAD_OUTER BSC EN_MA_SELECTION BSC
EN_MCHO_H_DL BSC EN_MCHO_H_UL BSC EN_MCHO_NCELL BSC
EN_MCHO_RESCUE BSC EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS MFS EN_MS_BASED_AGPS MFS
EN_MS_PC BSC EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO BSC EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR MFS
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) MFS EN_PBGT_FILTERING BSC EN_PBGT_HO BSC
EN_PCR BSC EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO BSC EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING BSC
EN_PSI3_Coding2 MFS EN_RES_REALLOCATION MFS EN_RESCUE_UM BSC
EN_RL_RECOV BSC EN_RXLEV_DL BSC EN_RXLEV_UL BSC
EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RXQUAL_UL BSC EN_SAGI MFS
EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE BSC EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER BSC
EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SOLSA(n) MFS EN_SPEED_DISC BSC
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO BSC EN_TCH_PREEMPT BSC EN_TFO BSC
EN_TFO_MATCH BSC EN_TFO_OPT BSC EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) BSC
EN_UL_CONGESTION MFS EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT BSC EXT_HO_FORCED BSC
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) MFS FDD_Qmin(BSC) BSC
FDD_Qmin(MFS) MFS FDD_Qoffset (BSC) BSC FDD_Qoffset (MFS) MFS
Filter_Suspend_Cause BSC FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC MFS FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS MFS
FORBID_AMR_NS BSC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F BSC FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADE BSC
D
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC FR_INFO_SIZE MFS FRAME_DISCARD BTS
Freefactor_1 BSC Freefactor_2 BSC Freefactor_3 BSC
Freefactor_4 BSC Freefactor_5 BSC Freelevel_1 BSC
Freelevel_2 BSC Freelevel_3 BSC Freelevel_4 BSC
Freelevel_DR(n) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) MFS
GAMMA_TNx MFS GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES MFS GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTER MFS
_FLAG ESIS
GPRS_DL_Ack_period MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS GPRS_HCS_THR MFS
GPRS_HCS_THR(n) MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ MFS GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS MFS
VALUE
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) MFS GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN MFS
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period MFS
GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS GSM_PHASE BSC H_LOAD_OBJ BSC
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH MFS HIGH_THRES_B_MAX MFS
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED BSC
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED BSC HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) BSC HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) BSC
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT BSC HOmargin (0,n) BSC
HR_ENABLED BSC I_LAPD_MAX_RX BTS I_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
I_TX_LAPD BSC IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL BSC INACT_DLCI BTS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL MFS INTAVE BSC
INTFBD1 BSC INTFBD2 BSC INTFBD3 BSC
INTFBD4 BSC INTFBD5 BSC INVALID_ADR BTS
K_AVG_L MFS K_AVG_Q MFS K_GSL (BSC) BSC
K_GSL (MFS) MFS K_LAPD_OML BTS K_LAPD_RSL BTS
K_LAPDm BTS K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial BSC
K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite BSC
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial BSC
KEEP_CODEC_HO BSC L_LOAD_OBJ BSC L_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) BSC L_RXLEV_DL_H BSC L_RXLEV_DL_P BSC
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) BSC L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC L_RXLEV_UL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_DL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC
L_TIME_ADVANCE BSC LAC (BSC) BSC LAC (MFS) MFS
LAC(n) MFS LB_DECR BSC LB_INCR BSC
LCS_AZIMUTH MFS LCS_LATITUDE MFS LCS_LONGITUDE MFS
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Que MFS
ueA
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que MFS Linkfactor (0,n) BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD BSC
ueB
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS BSC Loadfactor_1 BSC Loadfactor_2 BSC
Loadfactor_3 BSC Loadfactor_4 BSC Loadfactor_5 BSC
Loadlevel_1 BSC Loadlevel_2 BSC Loadlevel_3 BSC
Loadlevel_4 BSC LOW_THRES_B_MAX MFS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC LSA_ID_array (BSC) BSC LSA_ID_array (MFS) MFS
LSA_ID_array (n) MFS LSA_OFFSET BSC M_PEND_A BSC
M1 BSC M2 BSC MAX_ADJ_CELL MFS
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU MFS MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MFS
MAX_EGPRS_MCS MFS MAX_GCH_DSP MFS Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MFS
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MFS MAX_GPRS_CS BSC MAX_LAPS BSC
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MFS MAX_MPDCH_DSP MFS MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MFS
MAX_PDCH MFS MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MFS MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MFS
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF_High_Ater_ MFS MAX_POW_INC BSC MAX_POW_RED BSC
Usage
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences MFS Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime MFS MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS
MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS Max_Rate_Safety MFS Max_Resel_Duration MFS
Max_retrans (BSC) BSC Max_retrans (MFS) MFS MAX_RETRANS_1 MFS
MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS MAX_RETRANS_3 MFS MAX_RETRANS_4 MFS
Max_retrans_DL MFS MAX_Retrans_SIG MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS
MAX_TBF_DSP MFS MAX_TRC_NUMBER BSC MAX_TRX_DSP MFS
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MCC (BSC) BSC MCC (MFS) MFS
MCC(n) (BSC) BSC MCC(n) (MFS) MFS MCS_AVG_PERIOD MFS
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] BSC MIN_CONNECT_TIME BSC MIN_PDCH MFS
MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS MNC (BSC) BSC MNC (MFS) MFS
MNC(n) (BSC) BSC MNC(n) (MFS) MFS MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MFS
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_ MFS MS_P_CON_ACK BSC MS_P_CON_INT BSC
LIST
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) BSC
PDCH
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC MS_TXPWR_MIN BSC MSCR (BSC) BSC
MSCR (MFS) MFS MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P MFS
ERIOD
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) BSC MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO BSC
N
N_AVG_I (BSC) BSC N_AVG_I (MFS) MFS N_BAD_SACCH BSC
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS N_BSTXPWR_M BSC N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC MFS
N_CLR_REQ BSC N_DECR BTS N_INCR BTS
N_Max_Periodic_Realloc MFS N_PDCH_Release MFS N_PREF_CELLS BSC
N_SIG_REPEAT MFS N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT MFS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT MFS
N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS4_MCS2 MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS5_MCS2 MFS
N_TBF_PER_SPDCH MFS N_TCH_HO BSC N_threshold BSC
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS N_UL_Errors_LIMIT MFS
N_WAIT BTS N1 BSC N2 BSC
N200_GSL (BSC) BSC N200_GSL (MFS) MFS N200_LE BTS
N200_LR BTS N200_OML (BSC) BSC N200_OML (BTS) BTS
N200_RSL (BSC) BSC N200_RSL (BTS) BTS N200_TD BTS
N200_TS BTS N200_TTF BTS N200_TTH BTS
N201 (BSC) BSC N201 (BTS) BTS N201_C BTS
N201_D BTS N201_GSL (BSC) BSC N201_GSL (MFS) MFS
N201_S BTS N2X4 BSC N3101_LIMIT MFS
N3103_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS
N391 MFS N392 MFS N393 MFS
NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS MFS NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN MFS NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P MFS
E ER_GPU
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES MFS NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH MFS NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE MFS
ANNEL
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C BSC Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende BSC NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) BSC
BCH d_CBCH
NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) MFS NBLK BSC NBR_RESET_CIC_REP BSC
NBR_RESET_REP BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 BSC
NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR MFS NC_DL_RXLEV_THR MFS NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR MFS
NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD MFS NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) MFS NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) MFS
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTO MFS NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD MFS NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS MFS
R
NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE MFS NCC (BSC) BSC
NCC (MFS) MFS NCC(n) MFS NCC_permitted BSC
NCI BSC NECI (BSC) BSC NECI (MFS) MFS
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) BSC NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER MFS NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) MFS
network_operation_mode (BSC) BSC network_operation_mode (MFS) MFS NIR MFS
NS_ALIVE_RETRIES MFS NS_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS NS_Priority MFS
NS_RESET_RETRIES MFS NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS NSEI MFS
NSEMAX MFS NSVCI MFS NSVCMAX MFS
NUBLK BSC NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO BSC NY1 BSC
OFFSET_CA_HIGH BSC OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER BSC
Offset_Hopping_HO BSC Offset_Hopping_PC BSC OPC BSC
Operator BSC OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) BSC PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE MFS
RIOD
PAG_BAR BSC PAN_DEC (BSC) BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) MFS
PAN_INC (BSC) BSC PAN_INC (MFS) MFS PAN_MAX (BSC) BSC
PAN_MAX (MFS) MFS Password BSC Pb MFS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) BSC PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) MFS PDA_FULL BTS
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO MFS PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR MFS
R
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER MFS PENALTY_TIME(BSC) BSC PENALTY_TIME(MFS) MFS
PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS PG_FULL BTS
PING_PONG_HCP BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS MFS
) )
PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_H MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_N MFS
PMU_CPU_sampling_period MFS POW_INC_FACTOR BSC POW_INC_STEP_SIZE BSC
POW_RED_FACTOR BSC POW_RED_STEP_SIZE BSC POWER_OFFSET_IND BSC
PRACH_BUSY_THRES MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 MFS
PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 MFS PREFERRED_BAND BSC PRIO_THR BSC
PRIORITY(0,n) BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD MFS
(BSC) (MFS)
PROT_MON BSC PROT_TH BSC PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX BSC
PTM_BVCI MFS PTP_BVCI MFS PVC_Level1_down MFS
PVC_Level1_Factor MFS PVC_Level1_up MFS PWRC (BSC) BSC
PWRC (MFS) MFS Q703_N1 BSC Q703_N2 BSC
Q703_T1 BSC Q703_T2 BSC Q703_T3 BSC
Q703_T4E BSC Q703_T4N BSC Q703_T5 BSC
Q707_T2 BSC Qsearch(BSC) BSC Qsearch(MFS) MFS
QUEUE_ANYWAY BSC RA_CODE (BSC) BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS
RA_CODE(n) MFS RA_COLOUR BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS
RACH_BUSY_THRES BSC RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) BSC
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) MFS RACHRT BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MFS RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS BSC RANDOM_ACC_RETRY MFS
RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) BSC RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) BSC RATE_RED MFS
RE BSC RESET_INDEFINITE BSC RESP_REQ BSC
Resume_retries MFS RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX BSC ROT BSC
round_trip_delay MFS RSL_RATE (BSC) BSC RSL_RATE (BTS) BTS
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) MFS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS
RXLEV_DL_IH BSC RXLEV_DL_ZONE BSC RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO BSC
RXLEV_UL_IH BSC RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RXLEVmin(n) BSC
S MFS S_BECN MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 MFS
SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 MFS SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_A MFS SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT MFS
DDRESS
SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVA MFS SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS MFS SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB MFS
L
Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH BSC Schedule_period_for_extended_CB BSC SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD BSC
CH
SDCCH_COUNTER BSC SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY BSC SDCCH_LOW_DELAY BSC
SGSNR MFS SHORT_FRM BTS SIG_BVCI MFS
SLC BSC SMS_INHIBIT BSC SMSCB_Features_set BSC
SMSCB_Mode BSC SMSCB_Phase BSC SMSCB_Recovery BSC
SMSCB_State BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) MFS
SSF BSC STRIP_O5_CM2 BSC Suspend_retries MFS
T(conn est) BSC T(iar) BSC T(ias) BSC
T(rel) BSC T(sst) BSC T_ACK_WAIT MFS
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH MFS T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC T_AVG_T (BSC) BSC
T_AVG_T (MFS) MFS T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC T_AVG_W (MFS) MFS
T_BA_CHANGE MFS T_BIND_CNF BSC T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC
T_BTS_RLS_CNF BSC T_BURST BSC T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC MFS
T_CBC_READY BSC T_CFI_TR BTS T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE MFS
T_CONNECT BSC T_COUNT_I BSC T_DELAY BSC
T_delay_gch MFS T_DELAY_GSL BSC T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL MFS
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA MFS T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL MFS T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN MFS
L
T_dl_assign_ccch MFS T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport MFS
T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD BSC T_FAST_DL_margin MFS T_FILTER BSC
T_flow_ctrl_cell MFS T_flow_ctrl_ms MFS T_GPRS_Resume BSC
T_GSL_ACK (BSC) BSC T_GSL_ACK (MFS) MFS T_HCP BSC
T_HO_REQD_LOST BSC T_i BSC T_IA BSC
T_INHIBIT_CPT BSC T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS T_INTRF_L3 BSC
T_LB_OV BSC T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_LCS_Low_Delay MFS
T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) BSC T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) MFS T_Loc_abort BSC
T_Location BSC T_Location_Longer BSC T_MAX_RETRANS_DL MFS
T_MIN_POLL MFS T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) BSC T_MS_CELL_REJ BSC
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIST MFS T_MS_Context_Lifetime MFS T_NC_PING_PONG MFS
ENCE
T_NC_REJ_CELL MFS T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID MFS T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME MFS
T_One_Block MFS T_OVL_MSC BSC T_PAG_CS (BSC) BSC
T_PAG_CS (MFS) MFS T_PAG_PS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_PS (MFS) MFS
T_PAGING_REORG MFS T_PDA BSC T_PDCH_Inactivity MFS
T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last MFS T_PDCH_PREEMPTION MFS T_PSI_PACCH MFS
T_PUA BSC T_qho BSC T_RCR_ACK BSC
T_RECOVERY BSC T_release TC T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR MFS
D
T_RESEL MFS T_RESET_COUNTER BTS T_RMS_BSC BSC
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF BSC T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC T_RMS_BTS BSC
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_RRLP_Low_Delay MFS T_SAGI_GUARD MFS
T_SDCCH_PC BSC T_SMSCB_READY BTS T_SMSCB_RESP BSC
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION MFS T_SUP BTS T_SYNC BTS
T_SYNCd BTS T_SYNCu BTS T_ta BTS
T_TBF_ACTIV MFS T_TBF_BCK_REL MFS T_TFO BSC
T_ul_access_max MFS T_ul_assign_ccch MFS T_ul_assign_pccch MFS
T_UL_CONGESTION MFS T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH MFS T_WAIT_FLUSH MFS
T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN MFS T1_0858 BSC T1_long BSC
T1_short BSC T11 BSC T11_FORCED BSC
T13 BSC T17 BSC T18 BSC
T18_Overload BSC T19 BSC T2_0858 BSC
T20 BSC T200 (BSC) BSC T200_D BTS
T200_D3 BTS T200_GSL (BSC) BSC T200_GSL (MFS) MFS
T200_OMU BTS T200_S3 BTS T200_SD BTS
T200_ST BTS T200_TF BTS T200_TH BTS
T200_TRE BTS T203 (BSC) BSC T203 (BTS) BTS
T203_GSL (BSC) BSC T203_GSL (MFS) MFS T3101 BSC
T3103 BSC T3105_D BSC T3105_D_STOP BSC
T3105_F_FR BSC T3105_F_HR BSC T3105_F_STOP BSC
T3106_D BSC T3106_D_STOP BSC T3106_F BSC
T3106_F_STOP BSC T3107 BSC T3109 BSC
T3111 BSC T3122 BSC T3166n MFS
T3168 (BSC) BSC T3168 (MFS) MFS T3169 MFS
T3182n MFS T3190n MFS T3191 MFS
T3192 (BSC) BSC T3192 (MFS) MFS T3212 (BSC) BSC
T3212 (MFS) MFS T391 MFS T4 BSC
T9113 BSC TA_STAT BSC TBF_CS_DL MFS
TBF_CS_PERIOD MFS TBF_CS_UL MFS TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD MFS
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD MFS TBF_DL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MFS
TBF_MCS_DL MFS TBF_MCS_PERIOD MFS TBF_MCS_UL MFS
TBF_UL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_UL_INIT_MCS MFS TCH_INFO_PERIOD BSC
Tcorr MFS Tdsl MFS TEMPORARY_OFFSET BSC
Testab MFS Tfreeze MFS THR_ACT_1 BTS
THR_ACT_2 BTS THR_BUFFER BTS THR_CCCH_LOAD BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 BSC THR_IDLE BTS THR_LB_OV BSC
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL BSC THRES_DSP_XOFF MFS
THRES_DSP_XON MFS THRES_G_MAX_HIGH MFS THRES_G_MAX_LOW MFS
THRES_HIGH_TX BTS THRES_LOW_TX BTS THRES_N_TBF_OFF MFS
THRES_N_TBF_ON MFS THRESHOLD_1_0 BSC THRESHOLD_1_1 BSC
THRESHOLD_1_10 BSC THRESHOLD_1_2 BSC THRESHOLD_1_3 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_8 BSC THRESHOLD_2_9 BSC TL_TCUA BSC
TL0 BSC TL1 BSC TL2 BSC
TL3 BSC TL4 BSC TLC_CONFIG_T BTS
Tns_alive MFS Tns_block MFS Tns_reset MFS
Tns_test MFS TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD OMC Treassembly BSC
Trelease MFS TRG_SDCCH BSC TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR MFS
TRX_PREF_MARK BSC TS_TCUA BSC TSC BSC
Tusl MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR MFS
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS TX_INT MFS Tx_integer (BSC) BSC
Tx_integer (MFS) MFS U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_DL_P BSC
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_UL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC
U_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC UI_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
UL_POLL_FACTOR MFS Use_of_Extended_CBCH BSC USF_NE MFS
VQ_AVERAGE BSC VQ_BAD_RXFER BSC VQ_FER_THRESHOLD BSC
VQ_GOOD_RXFER BSC VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_RXLEV BSC
VQ_RXQUAL BSC VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER BSC W_LEV_HO BSC
W_LEV_MCHO BSC W_LEV_PC BSC W_PBGT_HO BSC
W_QUAL_CA BSC W_QUAL_HO BSC W_QUAL_PC BSC
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS WI_CR BSC WI_EC BSC
WI_OC BSC WI_OP BSC WI_PR MFS
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL BSC ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC ZONE_TYPE BSC
End of document

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B8: Thursday, May 06, 2004

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B8: Thursday, May 06, 2004

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Thursday, May 06, 2004

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:

Edition : 13 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA

Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_11 HMI name AC 11 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_13 HMI name AC 13 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_15 HMI name AC 15 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_3 HMI name AC 3 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_5 HMI name AC 5 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_7 HMI name AC 7 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name AC_9 HMI name AC 9 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here

Logical name EN_EGPRS HMI name EN_EGPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or

where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the

MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS

If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.

Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =

2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that

* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite

Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).

- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or

Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending

Logical name T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2

Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/

Logical name T1_short HMI name T1 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T4 HMI name T4 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T8 HMI name T8 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS:

When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it

The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2

1) for non combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)

2) for combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)

Mandatory rules -- Note: Max value -47 Coded Max 63

Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name BSS_LCS_Resume_handling HMI name BSS_LCS_Resume_handling B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2 B7.2 Yes B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLO HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO B7.2 No B8

Logical name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_4 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_4 B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor B7.2 No B8 Yes TRX nb No

Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall